8474 lines
390 KiB
XML
8474 lines
390 KiB
XML
<?xml version="1.0"?>
|
||
<doc>
|
||
<assembly>
|
||
<name>TelerikData</name>
|
||
</assembly>
|
||
<members>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.CSVCellFormattingEventArgs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides event arguments for the CSVCellFormatting event
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.CSVCellFormattingEventArgs.GridColumnIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get source grid's column index
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.CSVCellFormattingEventArgs.GridRowIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get source grid's row index
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.CSVCellFormattingEventArgs.GridRowInfoType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get source grid's row type
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.CSVCellFormattingEventArgs.GridCellInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get a reference to the source grid's cell.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.CSVCellFormattingEventArgs.CSVCellElement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get csv cell element object for further formatting
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.CSVCellFormattingEventArgs.InnerCellValue">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get the inner cell value which reference the original grid's value
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.CSVTableCreatedEventArgs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides event arguments for the ExcelTableCreated event
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.CSVTableCreatedEventArgs.CSVTableElement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get excel table element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.#ctor(Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadGridView)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create instance of exporter class with specified RadGridView to export
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="radGridView">RadGridView to export</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.RunExport(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates file in csv format.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileName">Export file name</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.FileWriteElement(System.IO.FileStream,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.ElementBase,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Write element to file and specify how many simbols to cut from the end
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileStream">File stream to use</param>
|
||
<param name="csvElement">element to write</param>
|
||
<param name="cutLastSymbols">count how many symbols to cut at the end</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.GetBytes(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Converts string to byte array
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="s">string to convert</param>
|
||
<returns>byte array</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.AddCustomCSVRow(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.TableElement,System.String[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add custom row in the provided csv table element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="csvTableElement">CSV table element where the new row will be added</param>
|
||
<param name="cellValues">Values for the every csv cell object in the custom row</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.RowDelimiter">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the value that will be used for a row delimiter.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.ColumnDelimiter">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the value that will be used for a column delimiter.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.ExportHierarchy">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set if child rows should be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.HiddenColumnOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set if hidden column would be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.HiddenRowOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set if hidden rows would be exported
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.SummariesExportOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set how to export summary rows.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.PagingExportOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value indicating how the export behavies when paging is enabled.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The paging export option.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.ChildViewExportMode">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the child view export mode.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The child view export mode.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.FileExtension">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set file extension. Default value is <b>csv</b>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.RadGridViewToExport">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set RadGridView that would be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.EncloseDataWithQuotes">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value indicating whether values are enclosed in quotes in the exported file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.Encoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the encoding used for the exported file. Default encoding is UTF8.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.ChildViewExporting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Occurs when a child view will be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.CSVCellFormatting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Fires when an csv cell was created and needs to be formatted.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToCSV.CSVTableCreated">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Fires when the csv table element was created.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.RowElement.InnerElements">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This element cannot have inner elements.
|
||
Use Cells property
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CSV.TableElement.InnerElements">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This element cannot have inner elements.
|
||
Use Rows property
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelCellFormattingEventArgs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides event arguments for the ExcelCellFormatting event
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelCellFormattingEventArgs.GridColumnIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get source grid's column index
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelCellFormattingEventArgs.GridRowIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get source grid's row index
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelCellFormattingEventArgs.GridRowInfoType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get source grid's row type
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelCellFormattingEventArgs.GridCellInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get a reference to the source grid's cell.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelCellFormattingEventArgs.ExcelCellElement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get excel cell element for further formatting
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelCellFormattingEventArgs.ExcelStyleElement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get excel style element for further formatting
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelRowFormattingEventArgs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides event arguments for the ExcelRowFormatting event
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelRowFormattingEventArgs.GridViewRowInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get a reference to the source grid's row.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelRowFormattingEventArgs.ExcelRowElement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get excel row element for further formatting
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelTableCreatedEventArgs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides event arguments for the ExcelTableCreated event
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelTableCreatedEventArgs.ExcelTableElement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get excel table element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelTableCreatedEventArgs.SheetIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get sheet's index, which contains excel table element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.OnChildViewExporting(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ChildViewExportingEventArgs)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Raises the <see cref="E:ChildViewExporting"/> event.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ChildViewExportingEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.OnExcelCellFormatting(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelCellFormattingEventArgs)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Raises the <see cref="E:ExcelCellFormatting"/> event.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelCellFormattingEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.OnExcelCellFormatting(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelRowFormattingEventArgs)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Raises the <see cref="E:ExcelCellFormatting"/> event.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelRowFormattingEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.OnExcelTableCreated(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelTableCreatedEventArgs)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Raises the <see cref="E:ExcelTableCreated"/> event.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ExcelTableCreatedEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.FileWriteBytes(System.String,System.Byte[],System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Write bytes to the file
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileName">File name to write into</param>
|
||
<param name="bytes">bytes to write</param>
|
||
<param name="position">position where to begin to write</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.FileTranspose(System.String,System.Int64,System.Int64,System.Int64,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
XML file transponse. Used to prepare file for inserting text into it.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileName">File name to transponce</param>
|
||
<param name="sourcePos"></param>
|
||
<param name="destPos"></param>
|
||
<param name="length"></param>
|
||
<param name="bfrSz"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.FileSetLength(System.String,System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Wrapper for FileStream.SetLength().
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
When lengthening a file, this method appends null characters to it which
|
||
does NOT leave it in an XML-parseable state. After all your transpositions,
|
||
ALWAYS come back and truncate the file unless you've overwritten the
|
||
appended space with valid characters.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="fileName">Name of file to resize</param>
|
||
<param name="length">New size of file</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.FileInsertString(System.String,System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Insert string to the text file
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileName">File name to insert into</param>
|
||
<param name="stringToInsert">Text to insert</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.FinishXmlFile(System.String,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.WorkBookElement)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Finish the excelML file
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileName">File name to finish</param>
|
||
<param name="workbook">Workbook element</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.AddStyleElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.WorkBookElement,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add style element to the workbook's styles collection
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="workbook">Workbook where to add</param>
|
||
<param name="excelStyleElement">Style to add</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.SetDataTypeForCellElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.CellElement,Telerik.WinControls.Export.DataType)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set data type for cell formatting to already created excel cell element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="cellElement">Excel cell element</param>
|
||
<param name="dataType">Data type</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.SetDataTypeForCellElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.CellElement,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.DisplayFormatType)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set data type for cell formatting to already created excel cell element according to DisplayFormatType
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="cellElement">Excel cell element</param>
|
||
<param name="displayFormatType"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.ApplyTextAlignment(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement,System.Drawing.ContentAlignment)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Convert and apply content text alignment to style element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="styleElement">Style element</param>
|
||
<param name="contentAlignment">Content alignment to apply</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.CreateStyleElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.LightVisualElement)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create excel StyleElement
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="gridVisualElement">Grid's visual element</param>
|
||
<returns>Excel style element</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.CreateCellElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridViewCellInfo)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create excel cell element.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="gridCell">grid's cell info</param>
|
||
<returns>excel cell element</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.CreateRowElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.WorkBookElement,Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridViewRowInfo)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create excel row element with a style element and add this style to excel workbook
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="workbook">Excel workbook object</param>
|
||
<param name="gridViewRowInfo">Grid's row info</param>
|
||
<returns>Excel row element</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.SetExcelRowElementHeight(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.RowElement,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set excel row element height
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="excelRowElement">RowInfo to set</param>
|
||
<param name="height">Desired height in pixels, if 0 than remains default height.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.AddWorkSheet(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.WorkBookElement,System.String,System.Int32@)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create and add excel worksheet to the workbook
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="workbook">Excel workbook</param>
|
||
<param name="sheetName"></param>
|
||
<param name="currentSheet"></param>
|
||
<returns>Excel table element</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.AddColumnElements(Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadGridView,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.TableElement)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
add column eelemnts to the excel table element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="grid">source RadGridView</param>
|
||
<param name="excelTable">Excel table element</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.CreateColumnElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridViewColumn)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create excel column element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="gridColumn">RadGridView's column</param>
|
||
<returns>Excel ColumnElement</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.FileWriteElement(System.IO.FileStream,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ElementBase)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Write element to file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileStream">File stream to use</param>
|
||
<param name="excelElement">element to write</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.FileWriteElement(System.IO.FileStream,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.ElementBase,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Write element to file and specify how many simbols to cut from the end
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileStream">File stream to use</param>
|
||
<param name="excelElement">element to write</param>
|
||
<param name="cutLastSymbols">count how many symbols to cut at the end</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.GetBytes(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Converts string to byte array
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="s">string to convert</param>
|
||
<returns>byte array</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.RunExport(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates ExcelML file
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileName">Export file name</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.AddCustomExcelRow(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.TableElement,System.Int32,System.Object[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add custom row in the provided excel table element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="excelTableElement">Excel table element where the new row will be added</param>
|
||
<param name="rowHeight">Custom row height in pixels. If 0 than the height has default value</param>
|
||
<param name="cellValues">Values for the every excel cell in the custom row</param>
|
||
<returns>New row's style element for further formatting </returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.ExportHierarchy">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set if child rows should be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.ExportVisualSettings">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value indicating whether the visual settings should be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
<c>true</c> if visual settings are exported; otherwise, <c>false</c>.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.SheetName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the name of the sheet.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The name of the sheet.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.SheetMaxRows">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the sheet max rows.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The sheet max rows.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.SummariesExportOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value indicating how summary rows are exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The summaries export option.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.HiddenColumnOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value indicating how hidden columns are exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The hidden column option.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.HiddenRowOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value indicating how hidden rows are exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The hidden row option.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.PagingExportOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value indicating how the export behavies when paging is enabled.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The paging export option.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.ChildViewExportMode">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the child view export mode.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The child view export mode.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.RadGridViewToExport">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the RadGridView to export.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The RadGridView to export.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.FileExtension">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the file extension of the exported file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The file extension.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.Encoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the encoding used for the exported file. Default encoding is UTF8.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.ChildViewExporting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Occurs when a child view will be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.ExcelCellFormatting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Occurs for every cell that is being exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.ExcelRowFormatting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Occurs for every row that is being exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToExcelML.ExcelTableCreated">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Occurs when the excel table is created.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.BorderStyles.Weight">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Max value 3
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.BorderStyles.PositionType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This is required
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.CellElement.Data">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get data element (use to change and format value).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.CellElement.StyleValue">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set or Get style ID for this cell element.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.CellElement.ColumnName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set or Get column name.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.DataElement.DataType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set data type.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.DataElement.DataItem">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set data item (use to specify the cell value).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.DataElement.EscapeStrings">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value indicating whether strings will be escaped.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.DataElement.InnerElements">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the inner elements.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.DataElement.StartTag">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the start tag for this element.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.DataElement.EndTag">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the end tag for this element.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.FontStyleElement.Underline">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or set font underline.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.FontStyleElement.Size">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set font size.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.FontStyleElement.Italic">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set font italic
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.FontStyleElement.FontName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set font name
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.FontStyleElement.Color">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set font color
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.FontStyleElement.Bold">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set font bold
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.InteriorStyleElement.Pattern">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set color pattern
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.InteriorStyleElement.Color">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set back color
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.RowElement.InnerElements">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This element cannot have inner elements.
|
||
Use Cells property
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement.#ctor(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates new style element with specified ID.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="id">Unique style identificator.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates new style element.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement.Equals(System.Object)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Compare with other style element.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="obj">SingleStyleElement to compare with.</param>
|
||
<returns>True if they are equal</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement.AlignmentElement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get text alignment element (use to set text alignments).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement.Borders">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get border elements collection (use to add borders).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement.NumberFormat">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get number formatting element (use to set format).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement.InteriorStyle">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get interior style element (use to change back color and color pattern).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement.FontStyle">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get font style settings (use to change font settings).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.SingleStyleElement.Id">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set unique style identificator.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExcelML.StylesElement.Attributes">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This element cannot have attributes
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CellWhiteSpace">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Defines how white space is handeled in the exported cells.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CellWhiteSpace.Normal">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sequences of whitespace will collapse into a single whitespace. Text will wrap when necessary.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CellWhiteSpace.NoWrap">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sequences of whitespace will collapse into a single whitespace. Text will never wrap to the
|
||
next line.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CellWhiteSpace.Pre">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Whitespace is preserved. Text will only wrap on line breaks.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CellWhiteSpace.PreLine">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sequences of whitespace will collapse into a single whitespace. Text will wrap when necessary, and on line breaks.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.CellWhiteSpace.PreWrap">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Whitespace is preserved. Text will wrap when necessary, and on line breaks.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportSettings.PDF.AddKeyword(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add pdf keyword
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="keyword">keyword to add</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportSettings.PDF.PageWidth">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set or get pdf page width in milimeters
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportSettings.PDF.PageHeight">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set or get pdf page height in milimeters
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLCellFormattingEventArgs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides event arguments for the HTMLCellFormatting event
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLCellFormattingEventArgs.GridColumnIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get source grid's column index
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLCellFormattingEventArgs.GridRowIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get source grid's row index
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLCellFormattingEventArgs.GridRowInfoType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get source grid's row type
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLCellFormattingEventArgs.GridCellInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get a reference to the source grid's cell.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLCellFormattingEventArgs.HTMLCellElement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get html cell element for further formatting
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLCellFormattingEventArgs.CancelConditionalFormatting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or Set escaping for conditional formatting for this cell.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLCellFormattingEventArgs.InnerCellValue">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get the inner cell value which reference the original grid's value
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLTableCaptionFormattingEventArgs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides event erguments for HTMLTableCaptionFormatting event
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLTableCaptionFormattingEventArgs.TableCaptionElement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get html table CaptionElement for further formatting
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLTableCaptionFormattingEventArgs.CaptionText">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or set caption text
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.#ctor(Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadGridView)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create instance of exporter class with specified RadGridView to export
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="gridToExport">RadGridView to export</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.OnHTMLTableCaptionFormatting(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HTMLTableCaptionFormattingEventArgs)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Fires when html table was created and provides access to its caption element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.RunExport(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates file in html format.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileName">Export file name</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.GetAllColumns(Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridViewTemplate,System.Int32,System.Collections.Generic.List{Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridViewColumn}@)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Fills list with all required columns. Includes columns from child templates, which exceed the main template column count.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.CreateRowElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridViewRowInfo)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create html row element with a styles
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.SetHtmlRowElementHeight(Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.RowElement,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set html row element height
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="htmlRowElement">RowElement to set</param>
|
||
<param name="height">Desired height in pixels, if 0 than remains default height.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.CreateCellElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridViewCellInfo)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create html cell element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="gridCell">grid's cell info</param>
|
||
<returns>html cell element</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.ApplyConditionalFormat(Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridViewRowInfo,System.Int32,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.RowElement@,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.CellElement@)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Apply conditional formatting to row element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>true if formatting has been applyed to the entire row</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.ApplyBaseCellFormatting(System.Int32,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.CellElement,System.Drawing.Color)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Apply base cell formating on single html cell element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="gridColumnIndex"></param>
|
||
<param name="htmlCellElement"></param>
|
||
<param name="alternatingColor"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.AddSummaryRows(Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridViewSummaryRowInfo[],System.IO.FileStream,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.TableElement)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add summary row
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.SearchForNeighbourElement(System.Collections.Generic.List{Telerik.WinControls.RadElement},System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Search for a neighbour RadElement im a RadElement list
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="radElementList">List of RadElements</param>
|
||
<param name="index">Index for element which neighbour going to search</param>
|
||
<returns>First founded neighbour element</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.FileWriteElement(System.IO.FileStream,Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.ElementBase,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Write element to file and specify how many simbols to cut from the end
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.GetBytes(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Converts string to byte array
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="s">string to convert</param>
|
||
<returns>byte array</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.AutoSizeColumns">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the columns width should be calculated
|
||
based on the content of the cells or should be fixed.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.ExportHierarchy">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set if child rows should be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.FitWidthSize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set the width in milimeters to fit the table in.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.SummariesExportOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set how to export summary rows.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.ChildViewExportMode">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the child view export mode.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The child view export mode.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.HiddenColumnOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set if to export hidden column.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.HiddenRowOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set if to export hidden rows.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.PagingExportOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value indicating how the export behavies when paging is enabled.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The paging export option.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.RadGridViewToExport">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set RadGridView that would be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.FileExtension">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set the file extension. Default value is <b>htm</b>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.TableCaption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set html table caption.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.ExportVisualSettings">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set to export visual settings e.g. background colors, font, alignment,
|
||
conditional formatting etc. Default value: <b>false</b>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.TableBorderThickness">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set html table border thickness. Default value is <b>0</b>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.Scale">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set the table size scaling. Default value is <b>1</b>. For example, scale of 1.2 means 20% size increase.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.Font">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set the html table general Font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.Encoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the encoding used for the exported file. Default encoding is UTF8.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.ExportImages">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to export images.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.ScaleImages">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to scale exported images.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.ChildViewExporting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Occurs when a child view will be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.HTMLCellFormatting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Fires when an html cell object was created and needs to be formatted.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToHTML.HTMLTableCaptionFormatting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Occurs when html table was created and provides access to its caption element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.CellElement.AlwaysApplyAlign">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add align attributes even if they are equal to default ones (Middle|Left)
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.CellElement.CellWhiteSpace">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value indicating how the white spaces in the cell will be handled.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.CellElement.EscapeHTMLChars">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value indicating if special HTML characters should be escaped.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.HtmlExportElement.Styles">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This element cannot have styles collection
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HTML.StyleElement.Styles">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This element cannot have styles collection
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
ApocDriver provides the client with a single interface to invoking Apoc XSL-FO.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The examples belows demonstrate several ways of invoking Apoc XSL-FO. The
|
||
methodology is the same regardless of how Apoc is embedded in your
|
||
system (ASP.NET, WinForm, Web Service, etc).
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<example>
|
||
<code lang="csharp">
|
||
// This example demonstrates rendering an XSL-FO file to a PDF file.
|
||
ApocDriver driver = ApocDriver.Make();
|
||
driver.Render(
|
||
new FileStream("readme.fo", FileMode.Open),
|
||
new FileStream("readme.pdf", FileMode.Create));
|
||
</code>
|
||
<code lang="vb">
|
||
// This example demonstrates rendering an XSL-FO file to a PDF file.
|
||
Dim driver As ApocDriver = ApocDriver.Make
|
||
driver.Render( _
|
||
New FileStream("readme.fo", FileMode.Open), _
|
||
New FileStream("readme.pdf", FileMode.Create))
|
||
</code>
|
||
<code lang="csharp">
|
||
// This example demonstrates rendering the result of an XSLT transformation
|
||
// into a PDF file.
|
||
ApocDriver driver = ApocDriver.Make();
|
||
driver.Render(
|
||
XslTransformer.Transform("readme.xml", "readme.xsl"),
|
||
new FileStream("readme.pdf", FileMode.Create));
|
||
</code>
|
||
<code lang="vb">
|
||
// This example demonstrates rendering the result of an XSLT transformation
|
||
// into a PDF file.
|
||
Dim driver As ApocDriver = ApocDriver.Make
|
||
driver.Render( _
|
||
XslTransformer.Transform("readme.xml", "readme.xsl"), _
|
||
New FileStream("readme.pdf", FileMode.Create))
|
||
</code>
|
||
<code lang="csharp">
|
||
// This example demonstrates using an XmlDocument as the source of the
|
||
// XSL-FO tree. The XmlDocument could easily be dynamically generated.
|
||
XmlDocument doc = new XmlDocument()
|
||
doc.Load("reader.fo");
|
||
|
||
ApocDriver driver = ApocDriver.Make();
|
||
driver.Render(doc, new FileStream("readme.pdf", FileMode.Create));
|
||
</code>
|
||
<code lang="vb">
|
||
// This example demonstrates using an XmlDocument as the source of the
|
||
// XSL-FO tree. The XmlDocument could easily be dynamically generated.
|
||
Dim doc As XmlDocument = New XmlDocument()
|
||
doc.Load("reader.fo")
|
||
|
||
Dim driver As ApocDriver = ApocDriver.Make
|
||
driver.Render(doc, New FileStream("readme.pdf", FileMode.Create))
|
||
</code>
|
||
</example>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.IDriver">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This interface is implemented by the ApocDriver class to permit usage
|
||
from COM applications. This is the recommended method of supporting
|
||
invocation from COM application as it permits interface versioning.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.renderEngine">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Controls the output format of the renderer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Defaults to PDF.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.closeOnExit">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Determines if the output stream passed to the render
|
||
should be closed upon completion or if a fatal exception occurs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.renderOptions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Options to supply to the renderer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.credentials">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a set of credentials to an internet resource
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.rm">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The ResourceManager embedded in the core dll.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.activeDriver">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The active driver.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.productKey">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Permits the product key to be specified using code, rather than
|
||
the flakey licenses.licx method.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Make">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Constructs a new ApocDriver and registers the newly created
|
||
driver as the active driver.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>An instance of ApocDriver</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the the 'baseDir' property in the Configuration class using
|
||
the value returned by Directory.GetCurrentDirectory().
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.imageHandler">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
An optional image handler that can be registered to load image
|
||
data for external graphic formatting objects.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Render(System.Xml.XmlDocument,System.IO.Stream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Executes the conversion reading the source tree from the supplied
|
||
XmlDocument, converting it to a format dictated by the renderer
|
||
and writing it to the supplied output stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="doc">
|
||
An in-memory representation of an XML document (DOM).
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="outputStream">
|
||
Any subclass of the Stream class.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Any exceptions that occur during the render process are arranged
|
||
into three categories: information, warning and error. You may
|
||
intercept any or all of theses exceptional states by registering
|
||
an event listener. See <see cref="E:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.OnError"/> for an
|
||
example of registering an event listener. If there are no
|
||
registered listeners, the exceptions are dumped to standard out -
|
||
except for the error event which is wrapped in a
|
||
<see cref="T:System.SystemException"/>.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Render(System.IO.TextReader,System.IO.Stream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Executes the conversion reading the source tree from the input
|
||
reader, converting it to a format dictated by the renderer and
|
||
writing it to the supplied output stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="inputReader">A character orientated stream</param>
|
||
<param name="outputStream">Any subclass of the Stream class</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Render(System.String,System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Executes the conversion reading the source tree from the file
|
||
<i>inputFile</i>, converting it to a format dictated by the
|
||
renderer and writing it to the file identified by <i>outputFile</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If the file <i>outputFile</i> does not exist, it will created
|
||
otherwise it will be overwritten. Creating a file may
|
||
generate a variety of exceptions. See <see cref="T:System.IO.FileStream"/>
|
||
for a complete list.<br/>
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="inputFile">Path to an XSL-FO file</param>
|
||
<param name="outputFile">Path to a file</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Render(System.String,System.IO.Stream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Executes the conversion reading the source tree from the file
|
||
<i>inputFile</i>, converting it to a format dictated by the
|
||
renderer and writing it to the supplied output stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="inputFile">Path to an XSL-FO file</param>
|
||
<param name="outputStream">
|
||
Any subclass of the Stream class, e.g. FileStream
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Render(System.IO.Stream,System.IO.Stream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Executes the conversion reading the source tree from the input
|
||
stream, converting it to a format dictated by the render and
|
||
writing it to the supplied output stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="inputStream">Any subclass of the Stream class, e.g. FileStream</param>
|
||
<param name="outputStream">Any subclass of the Stream class, e.g. FileStream</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Render(System.Xml.XmlReader,System.IO.Stream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Executes the conversion reading the source tree from the input
|
||
reader, converting it to a format dictated by the render and
|
||
writing it to the supplied output stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The evaluation copy of this class will output an evaluation
|
||
banner to standard out
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="inputReader">
|
||
Reader that provides fast, non-cached, forward-only access
|
||
to XML data
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="outputStream">
|
||
Any subclass of the Stream class, e.g. FileStream
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.GetString(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Retrieves the string resource with the specific key using the
|
||
default culture
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="key">A resource key</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
The resource string identified by <code>key</code> from the
|
||
current culture's setting
|
||
</returns>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">
|
||
The <i>key</i> parameter is a null reference</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.InvalidOperationException">
|
||
The value of the specified resource is not a string</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.Resources.MissingManifestResourceException">
|
||
No usable set of resources has been found, and there are no
|
||
neutral culture resources
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.FireApocError(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sends an 'error' event to all registered listeners.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If there are no listeners, a <see cref="T:System.SystemException"/> is
|
||
thrown immediately halting execution
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="message">Any error message, which may be null</param>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.SystemException">
|
||
If no listener is registered for this event, a SystemException
|
||
will be thrown
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.FireApocWarning(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sends a 'warning' event to all registered listeners
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If there are no listeners, <i>message</i> is written out
|
||
to the console instead
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="message">Any warning message, which may be null</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.FireApocInfo(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sends an 'info' event to all registered lisetners
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If there are no listeners, <i>message</i> is written out
|
||
to the console instead
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="message">An info message, which may be null</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.CreateXmlTextReader(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Utility method that creates an <see cref="T:System.Xml.XmlTextReader"/>
|
||
for the supplied file
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The returned <see cref="T:System.Xml.XmlReader"/> interprets all whitespace
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.CreateXmlTextReader(System.IO.Stream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Utility method that creates an <see cref="T:System.Xml.XmlTextReader"/>
|
||
for the supplied file
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The returned <see cref="T:System.Xml.XmlReader"/> interprets all whitespace
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.CreateXmlTextReader(System.IO.TextReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Utility method that creates an <see cref="T:System.Xml.XmlTextReader"/>
|
||
for the supplied file
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The returned <see cref="T:System.Xml.XmlReader"/> interprets all whitespace
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.OnError">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A multicast delegate. The error event Apoc publishes.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The method signature for this event handler should match
|
||
the following:
|
||
<pre class="code"><span class="lang">
|
||
void ApocError(object driver, ApocEventArgs e);
|
||
</span></pre>
|
||
The first parameter <i>driver</i> will be a reference to the
|
||
active ApocDriver instance.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<example>Subscribing to the 'error' event
|
||
<pre class="code"><span class="lang">[C#]</span><br/>
|
||
{
|
||
ApocDriver driver = ApocDriver.Make();
|
||
driver.OnError += new ApocDriver.ApocEventHandler(ApocError);
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</example>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.OnWarning">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A multicast delegate. The warning event Apoc publishes.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The method signature for this event handler should match
|
||
the following:
|
||
<pre class="code"><span class="lang">
|
||
void ApocWarning(object driver, ApocEventArgs e);
|
||
</span></pre>
|
||
The first parameter <i>driver</i> will be a reference to the
|
||
active ApocDriver instance.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.OnInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A multicast delegate. The info event Apoc publishes.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The method signature for this event handler should match
|
||
the following:
|
||
<pre class="code"><span class="lang">
|
||
void ApocInfo(object driver, ApocEventArgs e);
|
||
</span></pre>
|
||
The first parameter <i>driver</i> will be a reference to the
|
||
active ApocDriver instance.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.CloseOnExit">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Determines if the output stream should be automatically closed
|
||
upon completion of the render process.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.ActiveDriver">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the active <see cref="T:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
An instance of <see cref="T:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver"/> created via the factory method
|
||
<see cref="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Make"/>.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Renderer">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Determines which rendering engine to use.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
A value from the <see cref="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.RendererEngine"/> enumeration.
|
||
</value>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The default value is
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.RendererEngine.PDF"/>.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.BaseDirectory">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the base directory used to locate external
|
||
resourcs such as images.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
Defaults to the current working directory.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.ImageHandler">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the handler that is responsible for loading the image
|
||
data for external graphics.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If null is returned from the image handler, then Apoc will perform
|
||
normal processing.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Timeout">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the time in milliseconds until an HTTP image request
|
||
times out.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The default value is 100000 milliseconds.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The timeout value in milliseconds
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Credentials">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a reference to a <see cref="T:System.Net.CredentialCache"/> object
|
||
that manages credentials for multiple Internet resources.
|
||
<seealso cref="T:System.Net.CredentialCache"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The purpose of this property is to associate a set of credentials against
|
||
an Internet resource. These credentials are then used by Apoc when
|
||
fetching images from one of the listed resources.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<example>
|
||
ApocDriver driver = ApocDriver.Make();
|
||
|
||
NetworkCredential nc1 = new NetworkCredential("foo", "password");
|
||
driver.Credentials.Add(new Uri("http://www.chive.com"), "Basic", nc1);
|
||
|
||
NetworkCredential nc2 = new NetworkCredential("john", "password", "UK");
|
||
driver.Credentials.Add(new Uri("http://www.xyz.com"), "Digest", nc2);
|
||
</example>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.ProductKey">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Write only property that can be used to bypass licenses.licx
|
||
and set a product key directly.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.InternalProductKey">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the product key.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Options">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Options that are passed to the rendering engine.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
An object that implements the <see cref="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.IRendererOptions"/> marker interface.
|
||
The default value is null, in which case all default options will be used.
|
||
</value>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
An instance of <see cref="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions"/>
|
||
is typically passed to this property.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.IsEvaluation">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
True if the current license is an evaluation license.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.ApocEventHandler">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The delegate subscribers must implement to receive Apoc events.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The <paramref name="driver"/> parameter will be a reference to
|
||
the active ApocDriver. The <paramref name="e"/> parameter will
|
||
contain a human-readable error message.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="driver">A reference to the active ApocDriver</param>
|
||
<param name="e">Encapsulates a human readable error message</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.ApocImageHandler">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The delegat subscribers must implement to handle the loading
|
||
of image data in response to external-graphic formatting objects.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.ApocEventArgs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A class containing event data for the Error, Warning and Info
|
||
events defined in <see cref="T:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocEventArgs.#ctor(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the <i>ApocEventArgs</i> class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="message">The text of the event message.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocEventArgs.GetMessage">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Retrieves the event message.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>A string which may be null.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocEventArgs.ToString">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Converts this <i>ApocEventArgs</i> to a string.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A string representation of this class which is identical
|
||
to <see cref="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocEventArgs.GetMessage"/>.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.ApocException">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This exception is thrown by Apoc when an error occurs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocException.#ctor(System.Exception)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the ApocException class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The <see cref="P:System.Exception.Message"/> property will be initialised
|
||
to <i>innerException.Message</i>
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="innerException">
|
||
The exception that is the cause of the current exception
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocException.#ctor(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the ApocException class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="message">
|
||
The error message that explains the reason for this exception
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.ApocException.#ctor(System.String,System.Exception)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the ApocException class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="message">
|
||
The error message that explains the reason for this exception
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="innerException">
|
||
The exception that is the cause of the current exception
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.AutoLength">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A length quantity in XSL which is specified as "auto".
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.ColorType">
|
||
a colour quantity in XSL
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.ColorType._red">
|
||
the red component
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.ColorType._green">
|
||
the green component
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.ColorType._blue">
|
||
the blue component
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.ColorType._alpha">
|
||
the alpha component
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.ColorType.#ctor(System.String)">
|
||
set the colour given a particular String specifying either a
|
||
colour name or #RGB or #RRGGBB
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.CondLength">
|
||
a space quantity in XSL (space-before, space-after)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.FixedLength">
|
||
a length quantity in XSL
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.FixedLength.#ctor(System.Double,System.Int32)">
|
||
Set the length given a number of relative units and the current
|
||
font size in base units.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.FixedLength.#ctor(System.Double,System.String)">
|
||
Set the length given a number of units and a unit name.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.FixedLength.#ctor(System.Int32)">
|
||
set the length as a number of base units
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.FixedLength.Convert(System.Double,System.String)">
|
||
Convert the given length to a dimensionless integer representing
|
||
a whole number of base units (milli-points).
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.#ctor(System.String)">
|
||
Constructor for IDNode
|
||
|
||
@param idValue The value of the id for this node
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.SetPageNumber(System.Int32)">
|
||
Sets the page number for this node
|
||
|
||
@param number page number of node
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.GetPageNumber">
|
||
Returns the page number of this node
|
||
|
||
@return page number of this node
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.CreateInternalLinkGoTo(Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectId)">
|
||
creates a new GoTo object for an internal link
|
||
|
||
@param objectNumber
|
||
the number to be assigned to the new object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.SetInternalLinkGoToPageReference(Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectReference)">
|
||
sets the page reference for the internal link's GoTo. The GoTo will jump to this page reference.
|
||
|
||
@param pageReference
|
||
the page reference to which the internal link GoTo should jump
|
||
ex. 23 0 R
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.GetInternalLinkGoToReference">
|
||
Returns the reference to the Internal Link's GoTo object
|
||
|
||
@return GoTo object reference
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.GetIDValue">
|
||
Returns the id value of this node
|
||
|
||
@return this node's id value
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.GetInternalLinkGoTo">
|
||
Returns the PDFGoTo object associated with the internal link
|
||
|
||
@return PDFGoTo object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.IsThereInternalLinkGoTo">
|
||
Determines whether there is an internal link GoTo for this node
|
||
|
||
@return true if internal link GoTo for this node is set, false otherwise
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDNode.SetPosition(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
Sets the position of this node
|
||
|
||
@param x the x position
|
||
@param y the y position
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.#ctor">
|
||
Constructor for IDReferences
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.InitializeID(System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area)">
|
||
Creates and configures the specified id.
|
||
|
||
@param id The id to initialize
|
||
@param area The area where this id was encountered
|
||
@exception ApocException
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.CreateID(System.String)">
|
||
Creates id entry
|
||
|
||
@param id The id to create
|
||
@param area The area where this id was encountered
|
||
@exception ApocException
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.CreateUnvalidatedID(System.String)">
|
||
Creates id entry that hasn't been validated
|
||
|
||
@param id The id to create
|
||
@exception ApocException
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.AddToUnvalidatedIdList(System.String)">
|
||
Adds created id list of unvalidated ids that have already
|
||
been created. This should be used if it is unsure whether
|
||
the id is valid but it must be anyhow.
|
||
|
||
@param id The id to create
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.RemoveFromUnvalidatedIDList(System.String)">
|
||
Removes id from list of unvalidated ids.
|
||
This should be used if the id has been determined
|
||
to be valid.
|
||
|
||
@param id The id to remove
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.DoesUnvalidatedIDExist(System.String)">
|
||
Determines whether specified id already exists in
|
||
idUnvalidated
|
||
|
||
@param id The id to search for
|
||
@return true if ID was found, false otherwise
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.ConfigureID(System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area)">
|
||
Configures this id
|
||
|
||
@param id The id to configure
|
||
@param area The area where the id was encountered
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.AddToIdValidationList(System.String)">
|
||
Adds id to validation list to be validated . This should be used if it is unsure whether the id is valid
|
||
|
||
@param id id to be added
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.RemoveFromIdValidationList(System.String)">
|
||
Removes id from validation list. This should be used if the id has been determined to be valid
|
||
|
||
@param id the id to remove
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.RemoveID(System.String)">
|
||
Removes id from IDReferences
|
||
|
||
@param id The id to remove
|
||
@exception ApocException
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.IsEveryIdValid">
|
||
Determines whether all id's are valid
|
||
|
||
@return true if all id's are valid, false otherwise
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.GetInvalidIds">
|
||
Returns all invalid id's still remaining in the validation list
|
||
|
||
@return invalid ids from validation list
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.doesIDExist(System.String)">
|
||
Determines whether specified id already exists in IDReferences
|
||
|
||
@param id the id to search for
|
||
@return true if ID was found, false otherwise
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.doesGoToReferenceExist(System.String)">
|
||
Determines whether the GoTo reference for the specified id is defined
|
||
|
||
@param id the id to search for
|
||
@return true if GoTo reference is defined, false otherwise
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.getInternalLinkGoTo(System.String)">
|
||
Returns the reference to the GoTo object used for the internal link
|
||
|
||
@param id the id whose reference to use
|
||
@return reference to GoTo object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.createInternalLinkGoTo(System.String,Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectId)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an PdfGoto object that will 'goto' the passed Id.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="id">The ID of the link's target.</param>
|
||
<param name="objectId">The PDF object id to use for the GoTo object.</param>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This method is a bit 'wrong'. Passing in an objectId seems a bit
|
||
dirty and I don't see why an IDNode should be responsible for
|
||
keeping track of the GoTo object that points to it. These decisions
|
||
only seem to pollute this class with PDF specific code.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.createNewId(System.String)">
|
||
Adds an id to IDReferences
|
||
|
||
@param id the id to add
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.getPDFGoTo(System.String)">
|
||
Returns the PDFGoTo object for the specified id
|
||
|
||
@param id the id for which the PDFGoTo to be retrieved is associated
|
||
@return the PdfGoTo object associated with the specified id
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.setInternalGoToPageReference(System.String,Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectReference)">
|
||
sets the page reference for the internal link's GoTo. The GoTo will jump to this page reference.
|
||
|
||
@param pageReference
|
||
the page reference to which the internal link GoTo should jump
|
||
ex. 23 0 R
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.setPageNumber(System.String,System.Int32)">
|
||
Sets the page number for the specified id
|
||
|
||
@param id The id whose page number is being set
|
||
@param pageNumber The page number of the specified id
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.getPageNumber(System.String)">
|
||
Returns the page number where the specified id is found
|
||
|
||
@param id The id whose page number to return
|
||
@return the page number of the id, or null if the id does not exist
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences.setPosition(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
Sets the x and y position of specified id
|
||
|
||
@param id the id whose position is to be set
|
||
@param x x position of id
|
||
@param y y position of id
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.Keep">
|
||
XSL FO Keep Property datatype (keep-together, etc)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.Keep.ToString">
|
||
What to do here? There isn't really a meaningful single value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.KeepValue">
|
||
Keep Value
|
||
Stores the different types of keeps in a single convenient format.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthBase.parentFO">
|
||
FO parent of the FO for which this property is to be calculated.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthBase.propertyList">
|
||
PropertyList for the FO where this property is calculated.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthBase.iBaseType">
|
||
One of the defined types of LengthBase
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthBase.GetParentFO">
|
||
Accessor for parentFO object from subclasses which define
|
||
custom kinds of LengthBase calculations.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthBase.getPropertyList">
|
||
Accessor for propertyList object from subclasses which define
|
||
custom kinds of LengthBase calculations.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthPair">
|
||
This datatype hold a pair of lengths, specifiying the dimensions in
|
||
both inline and block-progression-directions.
|
||
It is currently only used to specify border-separation in tables.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthRange">
|
||
a "progression-dimension" quantity
|
||
ex. block-progression-dimension, inline-progression-dimension
|
||
corresponds to the triplet min-height, height, max-height (or width)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthRange.SetMinimum(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,System.Boolean)">
|
||
Set minimum value to min.
|
||
@param min A Length value specifying the minimum value for this
|
||
LengthRange.
|
||
@param bIsDefault If true, this is set as a "default" value
|
||
and not a user-specified explicit value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthRange.SetMaximum(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,System.Boolean)">
|
||
Set maximum value to max if it is >= optimum or optimum isn't set.
|
||
@param max A Length value specifying the maximum value for this
|
||
@param bIsDefault If true, this is set as a "default" value
|
||
and not a user-specified explicit value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LengthRange.SetOptimum(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,System.Boolean)">
|
||
Set the optimum value.
|
||
@param opt A Length value specifying the optimum value for this
|
||
@param bIsDefault If true, this is set as a "default" value
|
||
and not a user-specified explicit value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.LinearCombinationLength.ComputeValue">
|
||
Return the computed value in millipoints.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.MixedLength">
|
||
A length quantity in XSL which is specified with a mixture
|
||
of absolute and relative and/or percent components.
|
||
The actual value may not be computable before layout is done.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.PercentLength">
|
||
a percent specified length quantity in XSL
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.PercentLength.#ctor(System.Double)">
|
||
construct an object based on a factor (the percent, as a
|
||
a factor) and an object which has a method to return the
|
||
Length which provides the "base" for this calculation.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.PercentLength.ComputeValue">
|
||
Return the computed value in millipoints. This assumes that the
|
||
base length has been resolved to an absolute length value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.Space">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A space quantity in XSL (space-before, space-after)
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.TableColLength">
|
||
A table-column width specification, possibly including some
|
||
number of proportional "column-units". The absolute size of a
|
||
column-unit depends on the fixed and proportional sizes of all
|
||
columns in the table, and on the overall size of the table.
|
||
It can't be calculated until all columns have been specified and until
|
||
the actual width of the table is known. Since this can be specified
|
||
as a percent of its parent containing width, the calculation is done
|
||
during layout.
|
||
NOTE: this is only supposed to be allowed if table-layout=fixed.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.TableColLength.tcolUnits">
|
||
Number of table-column proportional units
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.TableColLength.#ctor(System.Double)">
|
||
Construct an object with tcolUnits of proportional measure.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.TableColLength.GetTableUnits">
|
||
Override the method in Length to return the number of specified
|
||
proportional table-column units.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.TableColLength.ResolveTableUnit(System.Double)">
|
||
Calculate the number of millipoints and set it.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property.specVal">
|
||
The original specified value for properties which inherit
|
||
specified values.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property.GetLength">
|
||
Accessor functions for all possible Property datatypes
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property.SpecifiedValue">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or setd the original value specified for the property attribute.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Construct an instance of a PropertyMaker.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The property name is set to "UNKNOWN".
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.#ctor(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Construct an instance of a PropertyMaker for the given property.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="propName">The name of the property to be made.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.IsInherited">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Default implementation of isInherited.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>A boolean indicating whether this property is inherited.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.InheritsSpecified">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return a boolean indicating whether this property inherits the
|
||
"specified" value rather than the "computed" value. The default is
|
||
to inherit the "computed" value.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>If true, property inherits the value specified.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return an object implementing the PercentBase interface. This is
|
||
used to handle properties specified as a percentage of some "base
|
||
length", such as the content width of their containing box.
|
||
Overridden by subclasses which allow percent specifications. See
|
||
the documentation on properties.xsl for details.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fo"></param>
|
||
<param name="pl"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.GetSubpropMaker(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return a Maker object which is used to set the values on components
|
||
of compound property types, such as "space". Overridden by property
|
||
maker subclasses which handle compound properties.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="subprop">
|
||
The name of the component for which a Maker is to returned, for
|
||
example "optimum", if the FO attribute is space.optimum='10pt'.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.GetSubpropValue(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return a property value for the given component of a compound
|
||
property.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
NOTE: this is only to ease porting when calls are made to
|
||
PropertyList.get() using a component name of a compound property,
|
||
such as get("space.optimum").
|
||
The recommended technique is: get("space").getOptimum().
|
||
Overridden by property maker subclasses which handle compound properties.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="p">A property value for a compound property type such as SpaceProperty.</param>
|
||
<param name="subprop">The name of the component whose value is to be returned.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.Make(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return a property value for a compound property. If the property
|
||
value is already partially initialized, this method will modify it.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="baseProp">
|
||
The Property object representing the compound property, such as
|
||
SpaceProperty.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="partName">The name of the component whose value is specified.</param>
|
||
<param name="propertyList">The propertyList being built.</param>
|
||
<param name="value"></param>
|
||
<param name="fo">The FO whose properties are being set.</param>
|
||
<returns>A compound property object.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.SetSubprop(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set a component in a compound property and return the modified
|
||
compound property object. This default implementation returns
|
||
the original base property without modifying it. It is overridden
|
||
by property maker subclasses which handle compound properties.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="baseProp">
|
||
The Property object representing the compound property, such as SpaceProperty.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="partName">The name of the component whose value is specified.</param>
|
||
<param name="subProp">
|
||
A Property object holding the specified value of the component to be set.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<returns>The modified compound property object.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.Make(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create a Property object from an attribute specification.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="propertyList">The PropertyList object being built for this FO.</param>
|
||
<param name="value">The attribute value.</param>
|
||
<param name="fo">The current FO whose properties are being set.</param>
|
||
<returns>The initialized Property object.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.CheckValueKeywords(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return a String to be parsed if the passed value corresponds to
|
||
a keyword which can be parsed and used to initialize the property.
|
||
For example, the border-width family of properties can have the
|
||
initializers "thin", "medium", or "thick". The foproperties.xml
|
||
file specifies a length value equivalent for these keywords,
|
||
such as "0.5pt" for "thin". These values are considered parseable,
|
||
since the Length object is no longer responsible for parsing
|
||
unit expresssions.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="value">The string value of property attribute.</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A string containging a parseable equivalent or null if the passed
|
||
value isn't a keyword initializer for this Property.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.ConvertProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return a Property object based on the passed Property object.
|
||
This method is called if the Property object built by the parser
|
||
isn't the right type for this property.
|
||
It is overridden by subclasses when the property specification in
|
||
foproperties.xml specifies conversion rules.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="p">The Property object return by the expression parser</param>
|
||
<param name="propertyList">The PropertyList object being built for this FO.</param>
|
||
<param name="fo">The current FO whose properties are being set.</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A Property of the correct type or null if the parsed value
|
||
can't be converted to the correct type.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.Make(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return a Property object representing the initial value.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="propertyList">The PropertyList object being built for this FO.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.MakeCompound(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return a Property object representing the initial value.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="propertyList">The PropertyList object being built for this FO.</param>
|
||
<param name="parentFO">The parent FO for the FO whose property is being made.</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A Property subclass object holding a "compound" property object
|
||
initialized to the default values for each component.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.Compute(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return a Property object representing the value of this property,
|
||
based on other property values for this FO.
|
||
A special case is properties which inherit the specified value,
|
||
rather than the computed value.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="propertyList">The PropertyList for the FO.</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
Property A computed Property value or null if no rules are
|
||
specified (in foproperties.xml) to compute the value.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyMaker.PropName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return the name of the property whose value is being set.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Extensions.ExtensionObj">
|
||
base class for extension objects
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj">
|
||
base class for representation of formatting objects and their processing
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FONode.MarkerStart">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Value of marker before layout begins
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FONode.MarkerBreakAfter">
|
||
value of marker after break-after
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FONode.marker">
|
||
where the layout was up to.
|
||
for FObjs it is the child number
|
||
for FOText it is the character number
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FONode.GetProperty(System.String)">
|
||
lets outside sources access the property list
|
||
first used by PageNumberCitation to find the "id" property
|
||
returns null by default, overide this function when there is a property list
|
||
@param name - the name of the desired property to obtain
|
||
@returns the property
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FONode.getMarkerSnapshot(System.Collections.ArrayList)">
|
||
At the start of a new span area layout may be partway through a
|
||
nested FO, and balancing requires rollback to this known point.
|
||
The snapshot records exactly where layout is at.
|
||
@param snapshot a Vector of markers (Integer)
|
||
@returns the updated Vector of markers (Integers)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FONode.Rollback(System.Collections.ArrayList)">
|
||
When balancing occurs, the flow layout() method restarts at the
|
||
point specified by the current marker snapshot, which is retrieved
|
||
and restored using this method.
|
||
@param snapshot the Vector of saved markers (Integers)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj.AddCharacters(System.Char[],System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
adds characters (does nothing here)
|
||
@param data text
|
||
@param start start position
|
||
@param length length of the text
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj.Layout(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area)">
|
||
generates the area or areas for this formatting object
|
||
and adds these to the area. This method should always be
|
||
overridden by all sub classes
|
||
|
||
@param area
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj.GetName">
|
||
returns the name of the formatting object
|
||
@return the name of this formatting objects
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj.Start">
|
||
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj.End">
|
||
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj.GetProperty(System.String)">
|
||
lets outside sources access the property list
|
||
first used by PageNumberCitation to find the "id" property
|
||
@param name - the name of the desired property to obtain
|
||
@return the property
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj.GetContentWidth">
|
||
Return the "content width" of the areas generated by this FO.
|
||
This is used by percent-based properties to get the dimension of
|
||
the containing block.
|
||
If an FO has a property with a percentage value, that value
|
||
is usually calculated on the basis of the corresponding dimension
|
||
of the area which contains areas generated by the FO.
|
||
NOTE: subclasses of FObj should implement this to return a reasonable
|
||
value!
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj.RemoveID(Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.IDReferences)">
|
||
removes property id
|
||
@param idReferences the id to remove
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj.SetWritingMode">
|
||
Set writing mode for this FO.
|
||
Find nearest ancestor, including self, which generates
|
||
reference areas and use the value of its writing-mode property.
|
||
If no such ancestor is found, use the value on the root FO.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Extensions.ExtensionObj.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
|
||
@param parent the parent formatting object
|
||
@param propertyList the explicit properties of this object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Extensions.ExtensionObj.Layout(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area)">
|
||
Called for extensions within a page sequence or flow. These extensions
|
||
are allowed to generate visible areas within the layout.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@param area
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Extensions.ExtensionObj.Format(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AreaTree)">
|
||
Called for root extensions. Root extensions aren't allowed to generate
|
||
any visible areas. They are used for extra items that don't show up in
|
||
the page layout itself. For example: pdf outlines
|
||
|
||
@param areaTree
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Extensions.Outline._parentOutline">
|
||
The parent outline object if it exists
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Extensions.Outline._rendererObject">
|
||
an opaque renderer context object, e.g. PDFOutline for PDFRenderer
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.ColorProfile">
|
||
The fo:root formatting object. Contains page masters, root extensions,
|
||
page-sequences.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.EnumProperty.Maker.CheckEnumValues(System.String)">
|
||
Called by subclass if no match found.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.FunctionBase.GetPercentBase">
|
||
By default, functions have no percent-based arguments.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.ApocPropValFunction">
|
||
Return the specified or initial value of the property on this object.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.NCnameProperty.GetString">
|
||
Return the name as a String (should be specified with quotes!)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.#ctor(System.Decimal)">
|
||
Construct a Numeric object from a Number.
|
||
@param num The number.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.FixedLength)">
|
||
Construct a Numeric object from a Length.
|
||
@param l The Length.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.PercentLength)">
|
||
Construct a Numeric object from a PercentLength.
|
||
@param pclen The PercentLength.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.TableColLength)">
|
||
v * Construct a Numeric object from a TableColLength.
|
||
* @param tclen The TableColLength.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.asLength">
|
||
Return the current value as a Length if possible. This constructs
|
||
a new Length or Length subclass based on the current value type
|
||
of the Numeric.
|
||
If the stored value has a unit dimension other than 1, null
|
||
is returned.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.asNumber">
|
||
Return the current value as a Number if possible.
|
||
Calls asDouble().
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.isMixedType">
|
||
Return a boolean value indiciating whether the currently stored
|
||
value consists of different "types" of values (absolute, percent,
|
||
and/or table-unit.)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.subtract(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Subtract the operand from the current value and return a new Numeric
|
||
representing the result.
|
||
@param op The value to subtract.
|
||
@return A Numeric representing the result.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If the dimension of the operand is different
|
||
from the dimension of this Numeric.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.add(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Add the operand from the current value and return a new Numeric
|
||
representing the result.
|
||
@param op The value to add.
|
||
@return A Numeric representing the result.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If the dimension of the operand is different
|
||
from the dimension of this Numeric.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.multiply(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Multiply the the current value by the operand and return a new Numeric
|
||
representing the result.
|
||
@param op The multiplier.
|
||
@return A Numeric representing the result.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If both Numerics have "mixed" type.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.divide(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Divide the the current value by the operand and return a new Numeric
|
||
representing the result.
|
||
@param op The divisor.
|
||
@return A Numeric representing the result.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If both Numerics have "mixed" type.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.abs">
|
||
Return the absolute value of this Numeric.
|
||
@return A new Numeric object representing the absolute value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.max(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Return a Numeric which is the maximum of the current value and the
|
||
operand.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If the dimensions or value types of the
|
||
object and the operand are different.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric.min(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Return a Numeric which is the minimum of the current value and the
|
||
operand.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If the dimensions or value types of the
|
||
object and the operand are different.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyInfo">
|
||
This class holds context information needed during property expression
|
||
evaluation.
|
||
It holds the Maker object for the property, the PropertyList being
|
||
built, and the FObj parent of the FObj for which the property is being set.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyInfo.inheritsSpecified">
|
||
Return whether this property inherits specified values.
|
||
Propagates to the Maker.
|
||
@return true if the property inherits specified values, false if it
|
||
inherits computed values.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyInfo.GetPercentBase">
|
||
Return the PercentBase object used to calculate the absolute value from
|
||
a percent specification.
|
||
Propagates to the Maker.
|
||
@return The PercentBase object or null if percentLengthOK()=false.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyInfo.currentFontSize">
|
||
Return the current font-size value as base units (milli-points).
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.#ctor(System.String)">
|
||
Construct a new PropertyTokenizer object to tokenize the passed
|
||
string.
|
||
@param s The Property expressio to tokenize.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.next">
|
||
Return the next token in the expression string.
|
||
This sets the following package visible variables:
|
||
currentToken An enumerated value identifying the recognized token
|
||
currentTokenValue A string containing the token contents
|
||
currentUnitLength If currentToken = TOK_NUMERIC, the number of
|
||
characters in the unit name.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If un unrecognized token is encountered.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.scanName">
|
||
Attempt to recognize a valid NAME token in the input expression.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.scanDigits">
|
||
Attempt to recognize a valid sequence of decimal digits in the
|
||
input expression.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.scanHexDigits">
|
||
Attempt to recognize a valid sequence of hexadecimal digits in the
|
||
input expression.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.followingParen">
|
||
Return a bool value indicating whether the following non-whitespace
|
||
character is an opening parenthesis.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.isDigit(System.Char)">
|
||
Return a bool value indicating whether the argument is a
|
||
decimal digit (0-9).
|
||
@param c The character to check
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.isHexDigit(System.Char)">
|
||
Return a bool value indicating whether the argument is a
|
||
hexadecimal digit (0-9, A-F, a-f).
|
||
@param c The character to check
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.isSpace(System.Char)">
|
||
Return a bool value indicating whether the argument is whitespace
|
||
as defined by XSL (space, newline, CR, tab).
|
||
@param c The character to check
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.isNameStartChar(System.Char)">
|
||
Return a bool value indicating whether the argument is a valid name
|
||
start character, ie. can start a NAME as defined by XSL.
|
||
@param c The character to check
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyTokenizer.isNameChar(System.Char)">
|
||
Return a bool value indicating whether the argument is a valid name
|
||
character, ie. can occur in a NAME as defined by XSL.
|
||
@param c The character to check
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.parse(System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyInfo)">
|
||
Public entrypoint to the Property expression parser.
|
||
@param expr The specified value (attribute on the xml element).
|
||
@param propInfo A PropertyInfo object representing the context in
|
||
which the property expression is to be evaluated.
|
||
@return A Property object holding the parsed result.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If the "expr" cannot be parsed as a Property.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyInfo)">
|
||
Private constructor. Called by the static parse() method.
|
||
@param propExpr The specified value (attribute on the xml element).
|
||
@param propInfo A PropertyInfo object representing the context in
|
||
which the property expression is to be evaluated.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.parseProperty">
|
||
Parse the property expression described in the instance variables.
|
||
Note: If the property expression String is empty, a StringProperty
|
||
object holding an empty String is returned.
|
||
@return A Property object holding the parsed result.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If the "expr" cannot be parsed as a Property.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.parseAdditiveExpr">
|
||
Try to parse an addition or subtraction expression and return the
|
||
resulting Property.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.parseMultiplicativeExpr">
|
||
Try to parse a multiply, divide or modulo expression and return
|
||
the resulting Property.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.parseUnaryExpr">
|
||
Try to parse a unary minus expression and return the
|
||
resulting Property.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.expectRpar">
|
||
Checks that the current token is a right parenthesis
|
||
and throws an exception if this isn't the case.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.parsePrimaryExpr">
|
||
Try to parse a primary expression and return the
|
||
resulting Property.
|
||
A primary expression is either a parenthesized expression or an
|
||
expression representing a primitive Property datatype, such as a
|
||
string literal, an NCname, a number or a unit expression, or a
|
||
function call expression.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.parseArgs(System.Int32)">
|
||
Parse a comma separated list of function arguments. Each argument
|
||
may itself be an expression. This method consumes the closing right
|
||
parenthesis of the argument list.
|
||
@param nbArgs The number of arguments expected by the function.
|
||
@return An array of Property objects representing the arguments
|
||
found.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If the number of arguments found isn't equal
|
||
to the number expected.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.evalAddition(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Evaluate an addition operation. If either of the arguments is null,
|
||
this means that it wasn't convertible to a Numeric value.
|
||
@param op1 A Numeric object (Number or Length-type object)
|
||
@param op2 A Numeric object (Number or Length-type object)
|
||
@return A new NumericProperty object holding an object which represents
|
||
the sum of the two operands.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If either operand is null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.evalSubtraction(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Evaluate a subtraction operation. If either of the arguments is null,
|
||
this means that it wasn't convertible to a Numeric value.
|
||
@param op1 A Numeric object (Number or Length-type object)
|
||
@param op2 A Numeric object (Number or Length-type object)
|
||
@return A new NumericProperty object holding an object which represents
|
||
the difference of the two operands.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If either operand is null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.evalNegate(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Evaluate a unary minus operation. If the argument is null,
|
||
this means that it wasn't convertible to a Numeric value.
|
||
@param op A Numeric object (Number or Length-type object)
|
||
@return A new NumericProperty object holding an object which represents
|
||
the negative of the operand (multiplication by *1).
|
||
@throws PropertyException If the operand is null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.evalMultiply(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Evaluate a multiplication operation. If either of the arguments is null,
|
||
this means that it wasn't convertible to a Numeric value.
|
||
@param op1 A Numeric object (Number or Length-type object)
|
||
@param op2 A Numeric object (Number or Length-type object)
|
||
@return A new NumericProperty object holding an object which represents
|
||
the product of the two operands.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If either operand is null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.evalDivide(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.Numeric)">
|
||
Evaluate a division operation. If either of the arguments is null,
|
||
this means that it wasn't convertible to a Numeric value.
|
||
@param op1 A Numeric object (Number or Length-type object)
|
||
@param op2 A Numeric object (Number or Length-type object)
|
||
@return A new NumericProperty object holding an object which represents
|
||
op1 divided by op2.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If either operand is null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.evalModulo(Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.Number,Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.Number)">
|
||
Evaluate a modulo operation. If either of the arguments is null,
|
||
this means that it wasn't convertible to a Number value.
|
||
@param op1 A Number object
|
||
@param op2 A Number object
|
||
@return A new NumberProperty object holding an object which represents
|
||
op1 mod op2.
|
||
@throws PropertyException If either operand is null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.PropertyParser.ParseDouble(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Parses a double value using a culture insensitive locale.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="s">The double value as a string.</param>
|
||
<returns>The double value parsed.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Expr.RGBColorFunction.GetPercentBase">
|
||
Return an object which implements the PercentBase interface.
|
||
Percents in arguments to this function are interpreted relative
|
||
to 255.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.AbstractTableBody.startsAC(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area)">
|
||
Return true if the passed area is on the left edge of its nearest
|
||
absolute AreaContainer (generally a page column).
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObjMixed">
|
||
base class for representation of mixed content formatting objects
|
||
and their processing
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Block.GetContentWidth">
|
||
Return the content width of the boxes generated by this FO.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.BlockContainer.GetContentWidth">
|
||
Return the content width of the boxes generated by this block
|
||
container FO.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Character">
|
||
this class represents the flow object 'fo:character'. Its use is defined by
|
||
the spec: "The fo:character flow object represents a character that is mapped to
|
||
a glyph for presentation. It is an atomic unit to the formatter.
|
||
When the result tree is interpreted as a tree of formatting objects,
|
||
a character in the result tree is treated as if it were an empty
|
||
element of type fo:character with a character attribute
|
||
equal to the Unicode representation of the character.
|
||
The semantics of an "auto" value for character properties, which is
|
||
typically their initial value, are based on the Unicode codepoint.
|
||
Overrides may be specified in an implementation-specific manner." (6.6.3)
|
||
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Flow.pageSequence">
|
||
PageSequence container
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Flow.markerSnapshot">
|
||
Vector to store snapshot
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Flow._flowName">
|
||
flow-name attribute
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Flow.contentWidth">
|
||
Content-width of current column area during layout
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Flow.GetContentWidth">
|
||
Return the content width of this flow (really of the region
|
||
in which it is flowing).
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.InstreamForeignObject.GetMaker">
|
||
returns the maker for this object.
|
||
|
||
@return the maker for SVG objects
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.InstreamForeignObject.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
constructs an instream-foreign-object object (called by Maker).
|
||
|
||
@param parent the parent formatting object
|
||
@param propertyList the explicit properties of this object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.InstreamForeignObject.Layout(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area)">
|
||
layout this formatting object.
|
||
|
||
@param area the area to layout the object into
|
||
|
||
@return the status of the layout
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.InstreamForeignObject.Maker">
|
||
inner class for making SVG objects.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.InstreamForeignObject.Maker.Make(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
make an SVG object.
|
||
|
||
@param parent the parent formatting object
|
||
@param propertyList the explicit properties of this object
|
||
|
||
@return the SVG object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Leader">
|
||
Implements fo:leader; main property of leader leader-pattern.
|
||
The following patterns are treated: rule, space, dots.
|
||
The pattern use-content is ignored, i.e. it still must be implemented.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Leader.AddLeader(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BlockArea,Telerik.Apoc.Layout.FontState,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
adds a leader to current line area of containing block area
|
||
the actual leader area is created in the line area
|
||
|
||
@return int +1 for success and -1 for none
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.ListItem.GetContentWidth">
|
||
Return the content width of the boxes generated by this FO.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Marker.releaseRegistryArea">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The page the marker was registered is put into the renderer
|
||
queue. The marker is transferred to it's own marker list,
|
||
release the area for GC. We also know now whether the area is
|
||
first/last.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Marker.resetMarker">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This has actually nothing to do with resseting this marker,
|
||
but the 'marker' from FONode, marking layout status.
|
||
Called in case layout is to be rolled back. Unregister this
|
||
marker from the page, it isn't laid aout anyway.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Marker.resetMarkerContent">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
More hackery: reset layout status marker. Called before the
|
||
content is laid out from RetrieveMarker.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.PageNumberCitation">
|
||
6.6.11 fo:page-number-citation
|
||
|
||
Common Usage:
|
||
The fo:page-number-citation is used to reference the page-number for the page containing the first normal area returned by
|
||
the cited formatting object.
|
||
|
||
NOTE:
|
||
It may be used to provide the page-numbers in the table of contents, cross-references, and index entries.
|
||
|
||
Areas:
|
||
The fo:page-number-citation formatting object generates and returns a single normal inline-area.
|
||
Constraints:
|
||
|
||
The cited page-number is the number of the page containing, as a descendant, the first normal area returned by the
|
||
formatting object with an id trait matching the ref-id trait of the fo:page-number-citation (the referenced formatting
|
||
object).
|
||
|
||
The cited page-number string is obtained by converting the cited page-number in accordance with the number to string
|
||
conversion properties specified on the ancestor fo:page-sequence of the referenced formatting object.
|
||
|
||
The child areas of the generated inline-area are the same as the result of formatting a result-tree fragment consisting of
|
||
fo:character flow objects; one for each character in the cited page-number string and with only the "character" property
|
||
specified.
|
||
|
||
Contents:
|
||
|
||
EMPTY
|
||
|
||
The following properties apply to this formatting object:
|
||
|
||
[7.3 Common Accessibility Properties]
|
||
[7.5 Common Aural Properties]
|
||
[7.6 Common Border, Padding, and Background Properties]
|
||
[7.7 Common Font Properties]
|
||
[7.10 Common Margin Properties-Inline]
|
||
[7.11.1 "alignment-adjust"]
|
||
[7.11.2 "baseline-identifier"]
|
||
[7.11.3 "baseline-shift"]
|
||
[7.11.5 "dominant-baseline"]
|
||
[7.36.2 "id"]
|
||
[7.17.4 "keep-with-next"]
|
||
[7.17.5 "keep-with-previous"]
|
||
[7.14.2 "letter-spacing"]
|
||
[7.13.4 "line-height"]
|
||
[7.13.5 "line-height-shift-adjustment"]
|
||
[7.36.5 "ref-id"]
|
||
[7.18.4 "relative-position"]
|
||
[7.36.6 "score-spaces"]
|
||
[7.14.4 "text-decoration"]
|
||
[7.14.5 "text-shadow"]
|
||
[7.14.6 "text-transform"]
|
||
[7.14.8 "word-spacing"]
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.RowSpanMgr.HasUnfinishedSpans">
|
||
Return true if any column has an unfinished vertical span.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.RowSpanMgr.FinishRow(System.Int32)">
|
||
Done with a row.
|
||
Any spans with only one row left are done
|
||
This means that we can now set the total height for this cell box
|
||
Loop over all cells with spans and find number of rows remaining
|
||
if rows remaining = 1, set the height on the cell area and
|
||
then remove the cell from the list of spanned cells. For other
|
||
spans, add the rowHeight to the spanHeight.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.RowSpanMgr.GetRemainingHeight(System.Int32)">
|
||
If the cell in this column is in the last row of its vertical
|
||
span, return the height left. If it's not in the last row, or if
|
||
the content height <= the content height of the previous rows
|
||
of the span, return 0.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.RowSpanMgr.SetIgnoreKeeps(System.Boolean)">
|
||
helper method to prevent infinite loops if
|
||
keeps or spans are not fitting on a page
|
||
@param <code>true</code> if keeps and spans should be ignored
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.RowSpanMgr.IgnoreKeeps">
|
||
helper method (i.e. hack ;-) to prevent infinite loops if
|
||
keeps or spans are not fitting on a page
|
||
@return true if keeps or spans should be ignored
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.RowSpanMgr.SpanInfo.heightRemaining">
|
||
Return the height remaining in the span.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Table.optIPD">
|
||
Optimum inline-progression-dimension
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Table.minIPD">
|
||
Minimum inline-progression-dimension
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Table.maxIPD">
|
||
Maximum inline-progression-dimension
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Table.GetContentWidth">
|
||
Return the content width of the boxes generated by this table FO.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Table.SetIPD(System.Boolean,System.Int32)">
|
||
Initialize table inline-progression-properties values
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.startOffset">
|
||
Offset of content rectangle in inline-progression-direction,
|
||
relative to table.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.width">
|
||
Dimension of allocation rectangle in inline-progression-direction,
|
||
determined by the width of the column(s) occupied by the cell
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.beforeOffset">
|
||
Offset of content rectangle, in block-progression-direction,
|
||
relative to the row.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.startAdjust">
|
||
Offset of content rectangle, in inline-progression-direction,
|
||
relative to the column start edge.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.widthAdjust">
|
||
Adjust to theoretical column width to obtain content width
|
||
relative to the column start edge.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.minCellHeight">
|
||
Minimum ontent height of cell.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.bDone">
|
||
Set to true if all content completely laid out.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.m_borderSeparation">
|
||
Border separation value in the block-progression dimension.
|
||
Used in calculating cells height.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.GetHeight">
|
||
Return the allocation height of the cell area.
|
||
Note: called by TableRow.
|
||
We adjust the actual allocation height of the area by the value
|
||
of border separation (for separate borders) or border height
|
||
adjustment for collapse style (because current scheme makes cell
|
||
overestimate the allocation height).
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.SetRowHeight(System.Int32)">
|
||
Set the final size of cell content rectangles to the actual row height
|
||
and to vertically align the actual content within the cell rectangle.
|
||
@param h Height of this row in the grid which is based on
|
||
the allocation height of all the cells in the row, including any
|
||
border separation values.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell.CalcBorders(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BorderAndPadding)">
|
||
Calculate cell border and padding, including offset of content
|
||
rectangle from the theoretical grid position.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableColumn.SetColumnWidth(System.Int32)">
|
||
Set the column width value in base units which overrides the
|
||
value from the column-width Property.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableRow.SetRowSpanMgr(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.RowSpanMgr)">
|
||
Called by parent FO to initialize information about
|
||
cells started in previous rows which span into this row.
|
||
The layout operation modifies rowSpanMgr
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableRow.InitCellArray">
|
||
Before starting layout for the first time, initialize information
|
||
about spanning rows, empty cells and spanning columns.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableRow.CellArray.GetNextFreeCell(System.Int32)">
|
||
Return column which doesn't already contain a span or a cell
|
||
If past the end or no free cells after colNum, return -1
|
||
Otherwise return value >= input value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableRow.CellArray.GetCellType(System.Int32)">
|
||
Return type of cell in colNum (1 based)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableRow.CellArray.GetCell(System.Int32)">
|
||
Return cell in colNum (1 based)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableRow.CellArray.StoreCell(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.TableCell,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
Store cell starting at cellColNum (1 based) and spanning numCols
|
||
If any of the columns is already occupied, return false, else true
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Flow.Wrapper">
|
||
Implementation for fo:wrapper formatting object.
|
||
The wrapper object serves as
|
||
a property holder for it's children objects.
|
||
|
||
Content: (#PCDATA|%inline;|%block;)*
|
||
Properties: id
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Builds the formatting object tree.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder.fobjTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Table mapping element names to the makers of objects
|
||
representing formatting objects.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder.propertylistTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that builds a property list for each formatting object.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder.currentFObj">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Current formatting object being handled.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder.rootFObj">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The root of the formatting object tree.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder.unknownFOs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set of names of formatting objects encountered but unknown.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder.streamRenderer">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The class that handles formatting and rendering to a stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder.SetStreamRenderer(Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the stream renderer that will be used as output.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder.AddElementMapping(System.String,System.Collections.Hashtable)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add a mapping from element name to maker.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FOTreeBuilder.AddPropertyMapping(System.String,System.Collections.Hashtable)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add a mapping from property name to maker.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.LengthProperty.length">
|
||
This object may be also be a subclass of Length, such
|
||
as PercentLength, TableColLength.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.NumberProperty.GetObject">
|
||
public Double getDouble() {
|
||
return new Double(this.number.doubleValue());
|
||
}
|
||
public Integer getInteger() {
|
||
return new Integer(this.number.intValue());
|
||
}
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.ConditionalPageMasterReference.GetMasterName">
|
||
Returns the "master-reference" attribute of this page master reference
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.LayoutMasterSet.regionNameExists(System.String)">
|
||
Checks whether or not a region name exists in this master set
|
||
@returns true when the region name specified has a region in this LayoutMasterSet
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageMasterReference">
|
||
Base PageMasterReference class. Provides implementation for handling the
|
||
master-reference attribute and containment within a PageSequenceMaster
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.SubSequenceSpecifier">
|
||
Classes that implement this interface can be added to a PageSequenceMaster,
|
||
and are capable of looking up an appropriate PageMaster.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.SubSequenceSpecifier.Reset">
|
||
Called before a new page sequence is rendered so subsequences can reset
|
||
any state they keep during the formatting process.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageMasterReference.GetElementName">
|
||
Gets the formating object name for this object. Subclasses must provide this.
|
||
|
||
@return the element name of this reference. e.g. fo:repeatable-page-master-reference
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageMasterReference.validateParent(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Checks that the parent is the right element. The default implementation
|
||
checks for fo:page-sequence-master
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageMasterReference.MasterName">
|
||
Returns the "master-reference" attribute of this page master reference
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageNumberGenerator">
|
||
This class uses the 'format', 'groupingSeparator', 'groupingSize',
|
||
and 'letterValue' properties on fo:page-sequence to return a string
|
||
corresponding to the supplied integer page number.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence">
|
||
This provides pagination of flows onto pages. Much of the logic for paginating
|
||
flows is contained in this class. The main entry point is the format method.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.root">
|
||
The parent root object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.layoutMasterSet">
|
||
the set of layout masters (provided by the root object)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence._flowMap">
|
||
Map of flows to their flow name (flow-name, Flow)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.masterName">
|
||
the "master-reference" attribute,
|
||
which specifies the name of the page-sequence-master or
|
||
page-master to be used to create pages in the sequence
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.pageNumberType">
|
||
specifies page numbering type (auto|auto-even|auto-odd|explicit)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.thisIsFirstPage">
|
||
used to determine whether to calculate auto, auto-even, auto-odd
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.currentSubsequence">
|
||
the current subsequence while formatting a given page sequence
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.currentSubsequenceNumber">
|
||
the current index in the subsequence list
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.currentPageMasterName">
|
||
the name of the current page master
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.Format(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AreaTree)">
|
||
Runs the formatting of this page sequence into the given area tree
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.MakePage(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AreaTree,System.Int32,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
|
||
Creates a new page area for the given parameters
|
||
@param areaTree the area tree the page should be contained in
|
||
@param firstAvailPageNumber the page number for this page
|
||
@param isFirstPage true when this is the first page in the sequence
|
||
@param isEmptyPage true if this page will be empty (e.g. forced even or odd break)
|
||
@return a Page layout object based on the page master selected from the params
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.FormatStaticContent(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AreaTree)">
|
||
Formats the static content of the current page
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.GetNextSubsequence(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequenceMaster)">
|
||
Returns the next SubSequenceSpecifier for the given page sequence master. The result
|
||
is bassed on the current state of this page sequence.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.GetNextSimplePageMaster(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequenceMaster,System.Int32,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
|
||
Returns the next simple page master for the given sequence master, page number and
|
||
other state information
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.FlowsAreIncomplete">
|
||
Returns true when there is more flow elements left to lay out.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence.GetCurrentFlow(System.String)">
|
||
Returns the flow that maps to the given region class for the current
|
||
page master.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.Region">
|
||
This is an abstract base class for pagination regions
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.Region.MakeRegionArea(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
Creates a Region layout object for this pagination Region.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.Region.GetDefaultRegionName">
|
||
Returns the default region name (xsl-region-before, xsl-region-start,
|
||
etc.)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.Region.GetElementName">
|
||
Returns the element name ("fo:region-body", "fo:region-start",
|
||
etc.)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.Region.getRegionName">
|
||
Returns the name of this region
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.Region.isReserved(System.String)">
|
||
Checks to see if a given region name is one of the reserved names
|
||
|
||
@param name a region name to check
|
||
@return true if the name parameter is a reserved region name
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.RepeatablePageMasterAlternatives.maximumRepeats">
|
||
Max times this page master can be repeated.
|
||
INFINITE is used for the unbounded case
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.Root">
|
||
The fo:root formatting object. Contains page masters, root extensions,
|
||
page-sequences.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.Root.runningPageNumberCounter">
|
||
keeps count of page number from over PageSequence instances
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.Root.getSucceedingPageSequence(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence)">
|
||
Some properties, such as 'force-page-count', require a
|
||
page-sequence to know about some properties of the next.
|
||
@returns succeeding PageSequence; null if none
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.SimplePageMaster._regions">
|
||
Page regions (regionClass, Region)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.BlockProgressionDimensionMaker.ConvertProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Set the appropriate components when the "base" property is set.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.BlockProgressionDimensionMaker.SP_MinimumMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.BlockProgressionDimensionMaker.SP_OptimumMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.BlockProgressionDimensionMaker.SP_MaximumMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.GenericCondBorderWidth.ConvertProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Set the appropriate components when the "base" property is set.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.BorderSeparationMaker.ConvertProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Set the appropriate components when the "base" property is set.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.FontSizeMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.GenericCondLength.ConvertProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Set the appropriate components when the "base" property is set.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.GenericKeep.ConvertProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Set the appropriate components when the "base" property is set.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.GenericSpace.ConvertProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Set the appropriate components when the "base" property is set.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.InlineProgressionDimensionMaker.ConvertProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Set the appropriate components when the "base" property is set.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.InlineProgressionDimensionMaker.SP_MinimumMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.InlineProgressionDimensionMaker.SP_OptimumMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.InlineProgressionDimensionMaker.SP_MaximumMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.LeaderLengthMaker.ConvertProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Property,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Set the appropriate components when the "base" property is set.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.LeaderLengthMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.LeaderLengthMaker.SP_MinimumMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.LeaderLengthMaker.SP_OptimumMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.LeaderLengthMaker.SP_MaximumMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.LeaderPatternWidthMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.LineHeightMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Properties.WidthMaker.GetPercentBase(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
Return object used to calculate base Length
|
||
for percent specifications.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.GetExplicitOrShorthandProperty(System.String)">
|
||
Return the value explicitly specified on this FO.
|
||
@param propertyName The name of the property whose value is desired.
|
||
It may be a compound name, such as space-before.optimum.
|
||
@return The value if the property is explicitly set or set by
|
||
a shorthand property, otherwise null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.GetExplicitProperty(System.String)">
|
||
Return the value explicitly specified on this FO.
|
||
@param propertyName The name of the property whose value is desired.
|
||
It may be a compound name, such as space-before.optimum.
|
||
@return The value if the property is explicitly set, otherwise null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.GetExplicitBaseProperty(System.String)">
|
||
Return the value explicitly specified on this FO.
|
||
@param propertyName The name of the base property whose value is desired.
|
||
@return The value if the property is explicitly set, otherwise null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.GetInheritedProperty(System.String)">
|
||
Return the value of this property inherited by this FO.
|
||
Implements the inherited-property-value function.
|
||
The property must be inheritable!
|
||
@param propertyName The name of the property whose value is desired.
|
||
@return The inherited value, otherwise null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.GetSpecifiedProperty(System.String)">
|
||
Return the property on the current FlowObject if it is specified, or if a
|
||
corresponding property is specified. If neither is specified, it returns null.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.GetProperty(System.String)">
|
||
Return the property on the current FlowObject. If it isn't set explicitly,
|
||
this will try to compute it based on other properties, or if it is
|
||
inheritable, to return the inherited value. If all else fails, it returns
|
||
the default value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.GetProperty(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
|
||
Return the property on the current FlowObject. Depending on the passed flags,
|
||
this will try to compute it based on other properties, or if it is
|
||
inheritable, to return the inherited value. If all else fails, it returns
|
||
the default value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.GetNearestSpecifiedProperty(System.String)">
|
||
Return the "nearest" specified value for the given property.
|
||
Implements the from-nearest-specified-value function.
|
||
@param propertyName The name of the property whose value is desired.
|
||
@return The computed value if the property is explicitly set on some
|
||
ancestor of the current FO, else the initial value.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.GetFromParentProperty(System.String)">
|
||
Return the value of this property on the parent of this FO.
|
||
Implements the from-parent function.
|
||
@param propertyName The name of the property whose value is desired.
|
||
@return The computed value on the parent or the initial value if this
|
||
FO is the root or is in a different namespace from its parent.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.wmAbsToRel(System.Int32)">
|
||
Given an absolute direction (top, bottom, left, right),
|
||
return the corresponding writing model relative direction name
|
||
for the flow object. Uses the stored writingMode.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.wmRelToAbs(System.Int32)">
|
||
Given a writing mode relative direction (start, end, before, after)
|
||
return the corresponding absolute direction name
|
||
for the flow object. Uses the stored writingMode.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList.SetWritingMode(System.Int32)">
|
||
Set the writing mode traits for the FO with this property list.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyListBuilder.FONTSIZEATTR">
|
||
Name of font-size property attribute to set first.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyListBuilder.MakeProperty(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This seems to be just a helper method that looks up a property maker and
|
||
creates the property.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyListBuilder.FindMaker(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Convenience function to return the Maker for a given property.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Status">
|
||
classes representating the status of laying out a formatting object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Unknown">
|
||
This represents an unknown element.
|
||
For example with unsupported namespaces.
|
||
This prevents any further problems arising from the unknown
|
||
data.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.UnknownXMLObj.GetMaker(System.String,System.String)">
|
||
returns the maker for this object.
|
||
|
||
@return the maker for an unknown xml object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.UnknownXMLObj.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList,System.String,System.String)">
|
||
constructs an unknown xml object (called by Maker).
|
||
|
||
@param parent the parent formatting object
|
||
@param propertyList the explicit properties of this object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.UnknownXMLObj.Maker">
|
||
inner class for making unknown xml objects.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Fo.UnknownXMLObj.Maker.Make(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj,Telerik.Apoc.Fo.PropertyList)">
|
||
make an unknown xml object.
|
||
|
||
@param parent the parent formatting object
|
||
@param propertyList the explicit properties of this object
|
||
|
||
@return the unknown xml object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A bitmap image that will be referenced by fo:external-graphic.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This class and the associated ColorSpace class are PDF specific ideally
|
||
will be moved to the PDF library project at some point in the future.
|
||
Internally, Apoc should handle images using the standard framework
|
||
Bitmap class.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.filter">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Filter that will be applied to image data
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.#ctor(System.String,System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Constructs a new ApocImage using the supplied bitmap.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Does not hold a reference to the passed bitmap. Instead the
|
||
image data is extracted from <b>bitmap</b> on construction.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="href">The location of <i>bitmap</i></param>
|
||
<param name="imageData">The image data</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.ExtractImage(System.Drawing.Bitmap)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Extracts the raw data from the image into a byte array suitable
|
||
for including in the PDF document. The image is always extracted
|
||
as a 24-bit RGB image, regardless of it's original colour space
|
||
and colour depth.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="bitmap">The <see cref="T:System.Drawing.Bitmap"/> from which the data is extracted</param>
|
||
<returns>A byte array containing the raw 24-bit RGB data</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.Uri">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return the image URL.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>the image URL (as a string)</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.Width">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return the image width.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>the image width</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.Height">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return the image height.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>the image height</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.BitsPerPixel">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return the number of bits per pixel.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>number of bits per pixel</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.BitmapsSize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return the image data size
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>The image data size</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.Bitmaps">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return the image data (uncompressed).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>the image data</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.ColorSpace">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return the image color space.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>the image color space (Apoc.Datatypes.ColorSpace)</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage.Filter">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Filter.IFilter"/> implementation
|
||
that should be applied to the bitmap data.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.currentHeight">
|
||
Total height of content of this area.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.FontState,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
Creates a new <code>Area</code> instance.
|
||
|
||
@param fontState a <code>FontState</code> value
|
||
@param allocationWidth the inline-progression dimension of the content
|
||
rectangle of the Area
|
||
@param maxHeight the maximum block-progression dimension available
|
||
for this Area (its allocation rectangle)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.setAllocationWidth(System.Int32)">
|
||
Set the allocation width.
|
||
@param w The new allocation width.
|
||
This sets content width to the same value.
|
||
Currently only called during layout of Table to set the width
|
||
to the total width of all the columns. Note that this assumes the
|
||
column widths are explicitly specified.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.hasNonSpaceChildren">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Tell whether this area contains any children which are not
|
||
DisplaySpace. This is used in determining whether to honour keeps.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.getContentHeight">
|
||
Returns content height of the area.
|
||
|
||
@return Content height in millipoints
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.GetHeight">
|
||
Returns allocation height of this area.
|
||
The allocation height is the sum of the content height plus border
|
||
and padding in the vertical direction.
|
||
|
||
@return allocation height in millipoints
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.getAbsoluteHeight">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Return absolute Y position of the current bottom of this area,
|
||
not counting any bottom padding or border.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This is used to set positions for link hotspots.
|
||
In fact, the position is not really absolute, but is relative
|
||
to the Ypos of the column-level AreaContainer, even when the
|
||
area is in a page header or footer!
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.setAbsoluteHeight(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set "absolute" Y position of the top of this area.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
In fact, the position is not really absolute, but relative to
|
||
the Ypos of the column-level AreaContainer, even when the area
|
||
is in a page header or footer!
|
||
It is set from the value of getAbsoluteHeight() on the parent
|
||
area, just before adding this area.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.spaceLeft">
|
||
Return space remaining in the vertical direction (height).
|
||
This returns maximum available space - current content height
|
||
Note: content height should be based on allocation height of content!
|
||
@return space remaining in base units (millipoints)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area.SetHeight(System.Int32)">
|
||
Set the content height to the passed value if that value is
|
||
larger than current content height. If the new content height
|
||
is greater than the maximum available height, set the content height
|
||
to the max. available (!!!)
|
||
|
||
@param height allocation height of content in millipoints
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Inline.InlineArea.xOffset">
|
||
amount of space added since the original layout - needed by links
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Parses the contents of a JPEG image header to infer the colour
|
||
space and bits per pixel.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.ms">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
JPEG image data
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.headerInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Contains number of bitplanes, color space and optional ICC Profile
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.iccProfileData">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Raw ICC Profile
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.#ctor(System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="data"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.ReadHeader">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.ReadInt">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a 16-bit integer from the underlying stream
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.ReadByte">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a 32-bit integer from the underlying stream
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.ReadString(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the specified number of bytes from theunderlying stream
|
||
and converts them to a string using the ASCII encoding.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="numBytes"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.ReadFirstMarker">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the initial marker which should be SOI.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
After invoking this method the stream will point to the location
|
||
immediately after the fiorst marker.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.ReadNextMarker">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the next JPEG marker and returns its marker code.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Image.JpegParser.SkipVariable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Skips over the parameters for any marker we don't want to process.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Image.UriSpecificationParser">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Parses a <uri-specification> as defined by
|
||
section 5.11 of the XSL specification.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This class may be better expressed as a datatype residing in
|
||
Telerik.Apoc.DataTypes.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AbsolutePositionProps">
|
||
Store all hyphenation related properties on an FO.
|
||
Public "structure" allows direct member access.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AccessibilityProps">
|
||
Store all hyphenation related properties on an FO.
|
||
Public "structure" allows direct member access.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AreaTree.fontInfo">
|
||
object containing information on available fonts, including
|
||
metrics
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AreaTree.rootExtensions">
|
||
List of root extension objects
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AreaTree.GetDocumentMarkers">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Auxillary function for retrieving markers.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AreaTree.GetCurrentPageSequence">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Auxillary function for retrieving markers.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AreaTree.GetCurrentPageSequenceMarkers">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Auxillary function for retrieving markers.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.AuralProps">
|
||
Store all hyphenation related properties on an FO.
|
||
Public "structure" allows direct member access.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BlockArea">
|
||
This class represents a Block Area.
|
||
A block area is made up of a sequence of Line Areas.
|
||
|
||
This class is used to organise the sequence of line areas as
|
||
inline areas are added to this block it creates and ands line areas
|
||
to hold the inline areas.
|
||
This uses the line-height and line-stacking-strategy to work
|
||
out how to stack the lines.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BlockArea.addLineArea(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea)">
|
||
Add a Line Area to this block area.
|
||
Used internally to add a completed line area to this block area
|
||
when either a new line area is created or this block area is
|
||
completed.
|
||
|
||
@param la the LineArea to add
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BlockArea.getCurrentLineArea">
|
||
Get the current line area in this block area.
|
||
This is used to get the current line area for adding
|
||
inline objects to.
|
||
This will return null if there is not enough room left
|
||
in the block area to accomodate the line area.
|
||
|
||
@return the line area to be used to add inlie objects
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BlockArea.createNextLineArea">
|
||
Create a new line area to add inline objects.
|
||
This should be called after getting the current line area
|
||
and discovering that the inline object will not fit inside the current
|
||
line. This method will create a new line area to place the inline
|
||
object into.
|
||
This will return null if the new line cannot fit into the block area.
|
||
|
||
@return the new current line area, which will be empty.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BlockArea.end">
|
||
Notify this block that the area has completed layout.
|
||
Indicates the the block has been fully laid out, this will
|
||
add (if any) the current line area.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BlockArea.spaceLeft">
|
||
Return the maximum space remaining for this area's content in
|
||
the block-progression-dimension.
|
||
Remove top and bottom padding and spacing since these reduce
|
||
available space for content and they are not yet accounted for
|
||
in the positioning of the object.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BodyAreaContainer.getNextArea(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
Depending on the column-count of the next FO, determine whether
|
||
a new span area needs to be constructed or not, and return the
|
||
appropriate ColumnArea.
|
||
The next cut of this method should also inspect the FO to see
|
||
whether the area to be returned ought not to be the footnote
|
||
or before-float reference area.
|
||
@param fo The next formatting object
|
||
@returns the next column area (possibly the current one)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BodyAreaContainer.addSpanArea(System.Int32)">
|
||
Add a new span area with specified number of column areas.
|
||
@param numColumns The number of column areas
|
||
@returns AreaContainer The next column area
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BodyAreaContainer.isBalancingRequired(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.FObj)">
|
||
This almost does what getNewArea() does, without actually
|
||
returning an area. These 2 methods can be reworked.
|
||
@param fo The next formatting object
|
||
@returns bool True if we need to balance.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BodyAreaContainer.resetSpanArea">
|
||
This is where the balancing algorithm lives, or gets called.
|
||
Right now it's primitive: get the total content height in all
|
||
columns, divide by the column count, and add a heuristic
|
||
safety factor.
|
||
Then the previous (unbalanced) span area is removed, and a new
|
||
one added with the computed max height.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BodyAreaContainer.GetRemainingHeight">
|
||
Determine remaining height for new span area. Needs to be
|
||
modified for footnote and before-float reference areas when
|
||
those are supported.
|
||
@returns int The remaining available height in millipoints.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BodyAreaContainer.resetHeights">
|
||
Used by resetSpanArea() and addSpanArea() to adjust the main
|
||
reference area height before creating a new span.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BodyAreaContainer.isLastColumn">
|
||
Used in Flow when layout returns incomplete.
|
||
@returns bool Is this the last column in this span?
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BodyAreaContainer.isNewSpanArea">
|
||
This variable is unset by getNextArea(), is set by addSpanArea(),
|
||
and <i>may</i> be set by resetSpanArea().
|
||
@returns bool Is the span area new or not?
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BorderAndPadding.Clone">
|
||
Return a full copy of the BorderAndPadding information. This clones all
|
||
padding and border information.
|
||
@return The copy.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.FontInfo.CreateFontKey(System.String,System.String,System.String)">
|
||
Creates a key from the given strings
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.FontState.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.FontInfo,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Defaults the letter spacing to 0 millipoints.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.FontState.GetWidth(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets width of given character identifier plus <see cref="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.FontState.letterSpacing"/>
|
||
in millipoints (1/1000ths of a point).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="charId"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.FontState.MapCharacter(System.Char)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Map a Unicode character to a code point
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="c">Any Unicode character.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.HyphenationProps">
|
||
Store all hyphenation related properties on an FO.
|
||
Public "structure" allows direct member access.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A font descriptor specifies metrics and other attributes of a
|
||
font, as distinct from the metrics of individual glyphs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
See page 355 of PDF 1.4 specification for more information.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.Flags">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a collection of flags providing various font characteristics.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.FontBBox">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the smallest rectangle that will encompass the shape that
|
||
would result if all glyhs of the font were placed with their
|
||
origins coincident.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.ItalicAngle">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the main italic angle of the font expressed in tenths of
|
||
a degree counterclockwise from the vertical.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.StemV">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
TODO: The thickness, measured horizontally, of the dominant vertical
|
||
stems of the glyphs in the font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.HasKerningInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value that indicates whether this font has kerning support.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.IsEmbeddable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value that indicates whether this font program may be legally
|
||
embedded within a document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.IsSubsettable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value that indicates whether this font program my be subsetted.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.FontData">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a byte array representing a font program to be embedded
|
||
in a document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.IsEmbeddable"/> is <b>false</b> it is acceptable
|
||
for this method to return null.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.KerningInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets kerning information for this font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontDescriptor.HasKerningInfo"/> is <b>false</b> it is acceptable
|
||
for this method to return null.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Interface for font metric classes
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.GetWidth(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the width of a character in 1/1000ths of a point size
|
||
located at the supplied codepoint.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
For a type 1 font a code point is an octal code obtained from a
|
||
character encoding scheme (WinAnsiEncoding, MacRomaonEncoding, etc).
|
||
For example, the code point for the space character is 040 (octal).
|
||
For a type 0 font a code point represents a GID (Glyph index).
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="charIndex">A character code point.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.Ascender">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the maximum distance characters in this font extend
|
||
above the base line. This is the typographic ascent for the font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.Descender">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the maximum distance characters in this font extend
|
||
below the base line. This is the typographic descent for the font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.CapHeight">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the vertical coordinate of the top of flat captial letters.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.FirstChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the value of the first character used in the font
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.LastChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the value of the last character used in the font
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.Descriptor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a reference to a font descriptor. A descriptor is akin to
|
||
the PDF FontDescriptor object (see page 355 of PDF 1.4 spec).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.Widths">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the widths of all characters in 1/1000ths of a point size.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Inline.ForeignObjectArea.getContentWidth">
|
||
This is NOT the content width of the instream-foreign-object.
|
||
This is the content width for a Box.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Inline.ForeignObjectArea.GetHeight">
|
||
This is NOT the content height of the instream-foreign-object.
|
||
This is the content height for a Box.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Inline.InlineSpace.setUnderlined(System.Boolean)">
|
||
@param ul true if text should be underlined
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Inline.InlineSpace.setEatable(System.Boolean)">
|
||
And eatable InlineSpace is discarded if it occurs
|
||
as the first pending element in a LineArea
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.addText(System.Char[],System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkSet,Telerik.Apoc.Layout.TextState)">
|
||
adds text to line area
|
||
|
||
@return int character position
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.AddLeader(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
adds a Leader; actually the method receives the leader properties
|
||
and creates a leader area or an inline area which is appended to
|
||
the children of the containing line area.
|
||
leader pattern use-content is not implemented.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.addPending">
|
||
adds pending inline areas to the line area
|
||
normally done, when the line area is filled and
|
||
added as child to the parent block area
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.align(System.Int32)">
|
||
aligns line area
|
||
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.verticalAlign">
|
||
Balance (vertically) the inline areas within this line.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.changeHyphenation(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.HyphenationProps)">
|
||
sets hyphenation related traits: language, country, hyphenate, hyphenation-character
|
||
and minimum number of character to remain one the previous line and to be on the
|
||
next line.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.buildSimpleLeader(System.Char,System.Int32)">
|
||
creates a leader as String out of the given char and the leader length
|
||
and wraps it in an InlineArea which is returned
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.getLeaderAlignIndent(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
calculates the width of space which has to be inserted before the
|
||
start of the leader, so that all leader characters are aligned.
|
||
is used if property leader-align is set. At the moment only the value
|
||
for leader-align="reference-area" is supported.
|
||
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.getCurrentXPosition">
|
||
calculates the used space in this line area
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.getHyphenationWord(System.Char[],System.Int32)">
|
||
extracts a complete word from the character data
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.getWordWidth(System.String)">
|
||
Calculates the wordWidth using the actual fontstate
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.addCharacter(System.Char,Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkSet,System.Boolean)">
|
||
adds a single character to the line area tree
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.addMapWord(System.Char,System.Text.StringBuilder)">
|
||
Same as addWord except that characters in wordBuf is mapped
|
||
to the current fontstate's encoding
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.addWord(System.Char,System.Text.StringBuilder)">
|
||
adds a InlineArea containing the String startChar+wordBuf to the line area children.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.canBreakMidWord">
|
||
Checks if it's legal to break a word in the middle
|
||
based on the current language property.
|
||
@return true if legal to break word in the middle
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.getCharWidth(System.Char)">
|
||
Helper method for getting the width of a unicode char
|
||
from the current fontstate.
|
||
This also performs some guessing on widths on various
|
||
versions of space that might not exists in the font.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.isSpace(System.Char)">
|
||
Helper method to determine if the character is a
|
||
space with normal behaviour. Normal behaviour means that
|
||
it's not non-breaking
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.isNBSP(System.Char)">
|
||
Method to determine if the character is a nonbreaking
|
||
space.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.isAnySpace(System.Char)">
|
||
@return true if the character represents any kind of space
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LineArea.addSpacedWord(System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkSet,System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Layout.TextState,System.Boolean)">
|
||
Add a word that might contain non-breaking spaces.
|
||
Split the word into WordArea and InlineSpace and add it.
|
||
If addToPending is true, add to pending areas.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkedRectangle">
|
||
an object that stores a rectangle that is linked, and the LineArea
|
||
that it is logically associated with
|
||
@author Arved Sandstrom
|
||
@author James Tauber
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkedRectangle.link">
|
||
the linked Rectangle
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkedRectangle.lineArea">
|
||
the associated LineArea
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkedRectangle.inlineArea">
|
||
the associated InlineArea
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkSet">
|
||
a set of rectangles on a page that are linked to a common
|
||
destination
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkSet.destination">
|
||
the destination of the links
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.LinkSet.rects">
|
||
the set of rectangles
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.MarginInlineProps">
|
||
Store all hyphenation related properties on an FO.
|
||
Public "structure" allows direct member access.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.MarginProps">
|
||
Store all hyphenation related properties on an FO.
|
||
Public "structure" allows direct member access.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Page.addBody(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.BodyAreaContainer)">
|
||
Ensure that page is set not only on B.A.C. but also on the
|
||
three top-level reference areas.
|
||
@param area The region-body area container (special)
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.RelativePositionProps">
|
||
Store all hyphenation related properties on an FO.
|
||
Public "structure" allows direct member access.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.TextState">
|
||
This class holds information about text-decoration
|
||
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.TextState.getUnderlined">
|
||
@return true if text should be underlined
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.TextState.setUnderlined(System.Boolean)">
|
||
set text as underlined
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.TextState.getOverlined">
|
||
@return true if text should be overlined
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A collection of <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry"/> instances.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList.Add(Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds the supplied <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry"/> to the end of the collection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList.GetEnumerator">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns an ArrayList enumerator that references a read-only version
|
||
of the BfEntry list.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList.Item(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry"/> at <i>index</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number of <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry"/> objects contained by this
|
||
<see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList.NumRanges">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the number of <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry"/> instances that
|
||
represent bfrange's
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList.Ranges">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList.NumChars">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the number of <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry"/> instances that
|
||
represent bfchar's
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList.Chars">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry"/> class can represent either a bfrange
|
||
or bfchar.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class cosntructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="startIndex"></param>
|
||
<param name="unicodeValue"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry.IncrementEndIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Increments the end index by one.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Incrementing the end index turns this BfEntry into a bfrange.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry.IsRange">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns <b>true</b> if this BfEntry represents a glyph range, i.e.
|
||
the start index is not equal to the end index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.BfEntry.IsChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns <b>true</b> if this BfEntry represents a bfchar entry, i.e.
|
||
the start index is equal to the end index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.FileIdentifier">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A File Identifier is described in section 8.3 of the PDF specification.
|
||
The first string is a permanent identifier based on the contents of the file
|
||
at the time it was originally created, and does not change as the file is
|
||
incrementally updated. The second string is a changing identifier based
|
||
on the file's contents the last time it was updated.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If this class were being use to update a PDF's file identifier, we'd need
|
||
to add a method to parse an existing file identifier.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.FileIdentifier.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises the CreatedPart and ModifiedPart to a randomly generated GUID.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.FileIdentifier.#ctor(System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises the CreatedPart and ModifiedPart to the passed string.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.FileIdentifier.CreatedPart">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the CreatedPart as a byte array.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.FileIdentifier.ModifiedPart">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the ModifiedPart as a byte array.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.FontLicenseException">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Thrown during creation of PDF font object if the font's license
|
||
is violated, e.g. attempting to subset a font that does not permit
|
||
subsetting.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Represents an entry in the directory table
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry.MakeTable(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets an instance of an <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable"/> implementation that is
|
||
capable of parsing the table identified by <b>tab</b>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry.TableName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the table tag as a string
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry.Tag">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the table tag encoded as an unsigned 32-bite integer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry.Offset">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value that represents a <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable"/>
|
||
offset, i.e. the number of bytes from the beginning of the file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry.Length">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value representing the number number of bytes
|
||
a <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable"/> object occupies in a stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry.CheckSum">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets value that represents a checksum of a <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class designed to parse a TrueType font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.stream">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A Big Endian stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.fontName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Used to identity a font within a TrueType collection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.header">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a table name (4-character string) to a <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.tableCache">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A dictionary of cached <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable"/> instances.
|
||
The index is the table name.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.mappings">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a glyph index to a subset index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.#ctor(System.IO.MemoryStream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="stream">Font data stream.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.#ctor(System.IO.MemoryStream,System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="stream">Font data stream.</param>
|
||
<param name="fontName">Name of a font in a TrueType collection.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.ContainsTable(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value indicating whether or not this font contains the
|
||
supplied table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="tableName">A table name.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.GetTable(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a reference to the table structure identified by <i>tableName</i>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Only the following tables are supported:
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.Head"/> - Font header,
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.Hhea"/> - Horizontal header,
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.Hmtx"/> - Horizontal metrics,
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.Maxp"/> - Maximum profile,
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.Loca"/> - Index to location,
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.Glyf"/> - Glyf data,
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.Cvt"/> - Control value,
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.Prep"/> - Control value program,
|
||
<see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.Fpgm"/> - Font program
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="tableName">A 4-character code identifying a table.</param>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If <b>tableName</b> does not represent a table in this font.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.GetDictionaryEntry(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry"/> object for the supplied table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="tableName">A 4-character code identifying a table.</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry"/> object or null if the table cannot
|
||
be located.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If <b>tag</b> does not represent a table in this font.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.ReadTableHeaders">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the Offset and Directory tables. If the FontFileStream represents
|
||
a TrueType collection, this method will look for the aforementioned
|
||
tables belonging to <i>fontName</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This method can handle a TrueType collection.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.ReadRequiredTables">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Caches the following tables: 'head', 'hhea', 'maxp', 'loca'
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.OffsetStream(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the stream position to the offset in the supplied directory
|
||
entry. Also ensures that the FontFileStream has enough bytes
|
||
available to read a font table. Throws an exception if this
|
||
condition is not met.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If the supplied stream does not contain enough data.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.IndexMappings">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a dictionary containing glyph index to subset
|
||
index mappings.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.Stream">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the underlying <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader.TableCount">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number tables.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class designed to read and write primitive datatypes from/to a
|
||
TrueType font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
<p>All OpenType fonts use Motorola-style byte ordering (Big Endian).</p>
|
||
<p>The following table lists the primitives and their definition.
|
||
Note the difference between the .NET CLR definition of certain
|
||
types and the TrueType definition.</p>
|
||
<p>
|
||
BYTE 8-bit unsigned integer.
|
||
CHAR 8-bit signed integer.
|
||
USHORT 16-bit unsigned integer.
|
||
SHORT 16-bit signed integer.
|
||
ULONG 32-bit unsigned integer.
|
||
LONG 32-bit signed integer.
|
||
Fixed 32-bit signed fixed-point number (16.16)
|
||
FWORD 16-bit signed integer (SHORT) that describes a
|
||
quantity in FUnits.
|
||
UFWORD 16-bit unsigned integer (USHORT) that describes a
|
||
quantity in FUnits.
|
||
F2DOT14 16-bit signed fixed number with the low 14 bits of
|
||
fraction (2.14).
|
||
LONGDATETIME Date represented in number of seconds since 12:00
|
||
midnight, January 1, 1904. The value is represented
|
||
as a signed 64-bit integer.
|
||
Tag Array of four uint8s (length = 32 bits) used to identify
|
||
a script, language system, feature, or baseline
|
||
GlyphID Glyph index number, same as uint16(length = 16 bits)
|
||
Offset Offset to a table, same as uint16 (length = 16 bits),
|
||
NULL offset = 0x0000
|
||
</p>
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.#ctor(System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream"/>
|
||
class using the supplied byte array as the underlying buffer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="data">The font data encoded in a byte array.</param>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">
|
||
<i>data</i> is a null reference.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
<i>data</i> is a zero-length array.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.#ctor(System.IO.Stream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream"/>
|
||
class using the supplied stream as the underlying buffer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="stream">Reference to an existing stream.</param>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">
|
||
<i>stream</i> is a null reference.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadByte">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads an unsigned byte from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteByte(System.Byte)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes an unsigned byte from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads an signed byte from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteChar(System.SByte)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a signed byte from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadShort">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a short (16-bit signed integer) from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteShort(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a short (16-bit signed integer) to the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadFWord">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a short (16-bit signed integer) from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteFWord(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a short (16-bit signed integer) to the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadUShort">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a int (16-bit unsigned integer) from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteUShort(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a int (16-bit unsigned integer) to the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadUFWord">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a int (16-bit unsigned integer) from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteUFWord(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a int (16-bit unsigned integer) to the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadLong">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads an int (32-bit signed integer) from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteLong(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes an int (32-bit signed integer) to the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadULong">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a int (32-bit unsigned integer) from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteULong(System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a int (32-bit unsigned integer) to the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadFixed">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads an int (32-bit signed integer) from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteFixed(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes an int (32-bit unsigned integer) to the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadLongDateTime">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a long (64-bit signed integer) from the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteDateTime(System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a long (64-bit signed integer) to the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.ReadTag">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a tag (array of four bytes) from the font stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.WriteTag(System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a tab (array of four bytes) to the font file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.Pad">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Ensures the stream is padded on a 4-byte boundary.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This method will output between 0 and 3 bytes to the stream.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A value between 0 and 3 (inclusive).
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.Write(System.Byte[],System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a sequence of bytes to the underlying stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="buffer"></param>
|
||
<param name="offset"></param>
|
||
<param name="count"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.Read(System.Byte[],System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a block of bytes from the current stream and writes
|
||
the data to buffer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="buffer">A byte buffer big enough to store <i>count</i> bytes.</param>
|
||
<param name="offset">The byte offset in buffer to begin reading.</param>
|
||
<param name="count">Number of bytes to read.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.Skip(System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Offsets the stream position by the supplied number of bytes.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="offset"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.SetRestorePoint">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Saves the current stream position onto a marker stack.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
Returns the current stream position.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.Restore">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the stream <see cref="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.Position"/> using the marker at the
|
||
head of the marker stack.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
Returns the stream position before it was reset.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.InvalidOperationException">
|
||
If the markers stack is empty.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.Position">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the current position of the font stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream.Length">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the length of the font stream in bytes.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A specialised stream writer for creating OpenType fonts.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.OffsetTableSize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Size of the offset table in bytes.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.stream">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The underlying stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.tables">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
List of font tables to write.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.#ctor(System.IO.Stream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter"/> class
|
||
using <i>stream</i> as the underlying stream object.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="stream"></param>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If <i>stream</i> is not writable.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">
|
||
If <i>streamm</i> is a null reference.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Queues the supplied <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable"/> for writing
|
||
to the underlying stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The method will not immediately write the supplied font
|
||
table to the underlying stream. Instead it queues the
|
||
font table since the offset table must be written out
|
||
before any tables.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="table"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.Close">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the header and font tables to the underlying stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.WriteChecksumAdjustment">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Updates the checkSumAdjustment field in the head table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.WriteTables">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes out each table to the font stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.WriteOffsetTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the offset table that appears at the beginning of
|
||
every TrueType/OpenType font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.SkipTableDirectory">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Does not actually write the table directory - simply "allocates"
|
||
space for it in the stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.MaxPow2(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the maximum power of 2 <= max
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="max"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.CalculateCheckSumAdjustment">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Calculates the checksum of the entire font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The underlying <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream"/> must be aligned on
|
||
a 4-byte boundary.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.CalculateCheckSum(System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Calculates the checksum of a <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The supplied <i>stream</i> must be positioned at the beginning of
|
||
the table.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="length"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter.Stream">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the underlying <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontSubset">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Generates a subset from a TrueType font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontSubset.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a new instance of the FontSubset class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader">TrueType font parser.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontSubset.Generate(System.IO.MemoryStream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the font subset to the supplied output stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyphReader.ReadGlyph(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a glyph description from the specified offset.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyphReader.ReadCompositeGlyph(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream,Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Populate the <i>composites</i>IList containing all child glyphs
|
||
that this glyph uses.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The <i>stream</i> parameter must be positioned 10 bytes from
|
||
the beginning of the glyph description, i.e. the flags field.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="stream"></param>
|
||
<param name="glyph"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyphReader.GetGlyphLength(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the length of the glyph description in bytes at
|
||
index <i>index</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="index"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.BitMasks">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Bit masks of the flags field in a composite glyph.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Utility class that stores a list of glyph indices and their
|
||
asociated subset indices.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.glyphToSubset">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a glyph index to a subset index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.subsetToGlyph">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a subset index to glyph index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.HasMapping(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Determines whether a mapping exists for the supplied glyph index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="glyphIndex"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.Map(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the subset index for <i>glyphIndex</i>. If a subset
|
||
index does not exist for <i>glyphIndex</i> one is generated.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="glyphIndex"></param>
|
||
<returns>A subset index.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.Add(System.Int32[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds the list of supplied glyph indices to the index mappings using
|
||
the next available subset index for each glyph index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="glyphIndices"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.GetSubsetIndex(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the subset index of <i>glyphIndex</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="glyphIndex"></param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A glyph index or <b>-1</b> if a glyph to subset mapping does not exist.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.GetGlyphIndex(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the glyph index of <i>subsetIndex</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="subsetIndex"></param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A subset index or <b>-1</b> if a subset to glyph mapping does not exist.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number of glyph to subset index mappings.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.GlyphIndices">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a list of glyph indices sorted in ascending order.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexMappings.SubsetIndices">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a list of subset indices sorted in ascending order.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningPairs.pairs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Key - Kerning pair identifier
|
||
Value - Kerning amount
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningPairs.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an instance of KerningPairs allocating space for
|
||
100 kerning pairs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningPairs.#ctor(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an instance of KerningPairs allocating space for
|
||
<i>numPairs</i> kerning pairs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="numPairs"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningPairs.HasKerning(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns true if a kerning value exists for the supplied
|
||
glyph index pair.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="left">Glyph index for left-hand glyph.</param>
|
||
<param name="right">Glyph index for right-hand glyph.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningPairs.Add(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a new kerning pair.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This method will ignore duplicates.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="left">The glyph index for the left-hand glyph in the kerning pair.</param>
|
||
<param name="right">The glyph index for the right-hand glyph in the kerning pair. </param>
|
||
<param name="value">The kerning value for the supplied pair.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningPairs.GetIndex(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns a kerning pair identifier.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="left"></param>
|
||
<param name="right"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningPairs.Item(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the kerning amount for the supplied glyph index pair.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningPairs.Length">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number of kernings pairs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PrimitiveSizes">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A helper designed that provides the size of each TrueType primitives.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
List of all TrueType and OpenType tables
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames.ToUint(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Converts one of the predefined table names to an unsigned integer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="tableName"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueProgramTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Control Value Program table ('prep').
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class derived by all TrueType table classes.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable.directoryEntry">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The dictionary entry for this table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="tableName">The table name.</param>
|
||
<param name="entry">Table directory entry.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of a table from the current position in
|
||
the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If the supplied stream does not contain enough data.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the contents of a table to the supplied writer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This method should not be concerned with aligning the
|
||
table output on the 4-byte boundary.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="writer"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable.Entry">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a directory entry for this table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable.Name">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the unique name of this table as a 4-character string.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Note that some TrueType tables are only 3 characters long
|
||
(e.g. 'cvt'). In this case the returned string will be padded
|
||
with a extra space at the end of the string.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable.Tag">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the table name encoded as a 32-bit unsigned integer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueProgramTable.instructions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set of instructions executed whenever point size or font
|
||
or transformation change.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueProgramTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueProgramTable"/> class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueProgramTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "prep" table from the current position
|
||
in the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueProgramTable.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes out the array of instructions to the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="writer"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Control Value table ('cvt').
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueTable.values">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
List of N values referenceable by instructions.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueTable"/> class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "cvt" table from the current position
|
||
in the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueTable.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes out the array of values to the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="writer"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.ControlValueTable.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the value representing the number of values that can
|
||
be referenced by instructions.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontProgramTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Font Program table ('fpgm').
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontProgramTable.instructions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
List of N instructions.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontProgramTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontProgramTable"/> class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontProgramTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "fpgm" table from the current position
|
||
in the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontProgramTable.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes out the array of instructions to the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="writer"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontProgramTable.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the value representing the number of instructions
|
||
in the font program.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTableFactory">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Instantiates a font table from a table tag.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTableFactory.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Prevent instantiation since this is a factory class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTableFactory.Make(System.String,Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an instance of a class that implements the FontTable interface.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
<param name="tableName">
|
||
One of the pre-defined TrueType tables from the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TableNames"/> class.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A subclass of <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontTable"/> that is capable of parsing
|
||
a TrueType table.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If a class capable of parsing <i>tableName</i> is not available.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyfDataTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Glyf Data table ('glyf').
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyfDataTable.glyphDescriptions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a glyph index to a <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph"/> object.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyfDataTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyfDataTable"/> class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyfDataTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "glyf" table from the current position
|
||
in the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyfDataTable.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the contents of the glyf table to the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="writer"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyfDataTable.Item(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph"/> instance located at <i>glyphIndex</i>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.GlyfDataTable.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number of glyphs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Represents either a simple or composite glyph description from
|
||
the 'glyf' table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This class is nothing more than a wrapper around
|
||
a byte array.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.glyphIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The index of this glyph as obtained from the 'loca' table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.glyphData">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Contains glyph description as raw data.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.children">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
List of composite glyph indices.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.#ctor(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.SetGlyphData(System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the glyph data (duh!).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="glyphData"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.AddChild(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add the supplied glyph index to list of children.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="glyphIndex"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes a glyph description to the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="stream"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.Index">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the index of this glyph.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.Length">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the length of the glyph data buffer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.Children">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a ilst of child glyph indices.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.Glyph.IsComposite">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value indicating whether or not this glyph represents
|
||
a composite glyph.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HeaderTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Font Header table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/head.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HeaderTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HeaderTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "head" table from the current position
|
||
in the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HeaderTable.GetDate(System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns a DateTime instance which is the result of adding <i>seconds</i>
|
||
to BaseDate. If an exception occurs, BaseDate is returned.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="seconds"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HeaderTable.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the contents of the head table to the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="writer"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HeaderTable.IsShortFormat">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value that indicates whether glyph offsets in the
|
||
loca table are stored as a int or ulong.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Horizontal Header table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/hhea.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.versionNo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Table version number 0x00010000 for version 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.ascender">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Typographic ascent. (Distance from baseline of highest ascender).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.decender">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Typographic descent. (Distance from baseline of lowest descender).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.lineGap">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Typographic line gap. Negative LineGap values are treated as zero
|
||
in Windows 3.1, System 6, and System 7.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.advanceWidthMax">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum advance width value in 'hmtx' table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.minLeftSideBearing">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Minimum left sidebearing value in 'hmtx' table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.minRightSideBearing">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Minimum right sidebearing value.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.xMaxExtent">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Max(lsb + (xMax - xMin)).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.caretSlopeRise">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Used to calculate the slope of the cursor (rise/run); 1 for vertical.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.caretSlopeRun">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
0 for vertical.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.caretOffset">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The amount by which a slanted highlight on a glyph needs to be
|
||
shifted to produce the best appearance. Set to 0 for non-slanted fonts.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.metricDataFormat">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
0 for current format.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.numberOfHMetrics">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Number of hMetric entries in 'hmtx' table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "hhea" table from the current position
|
||
in the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalHeaderTable.HMetricCount">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number of horiztonal metrics.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalMetric">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Summary description for HorizontalMetric.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalMetricsTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Horizontal Metrics ('hmtx') table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/hmtx.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalMetricsTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the
|
||
<see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalMetricsTable"/> class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalMetricsTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the HorizontalMetricsTable class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
<param name="numMetrics"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalMetricsTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "hmtx" table from the supplied stream
|
||
at the current position.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalMetricsTable.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the number of horizontal metrics stored in the
|
||
hmtx table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalMetricsTable.Item(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.HorizontalMetric"/> located at <i>index</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexToLocationTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Index To Location ('loca') table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/loca.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexToLocationTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the
|
||
<see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexToLocationTable"/> class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexToLocationTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the IndexToLocationTable class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
<param name="numOffsets"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexToLocationTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "loca" table from the supplied stream
|
||
at the current position.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexToLocationTable.Clear">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Removes all offsets.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexToLocationTable.AddOffset(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Includes the supplied offset.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="offset"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexToLocationTable.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number of glyph offsets.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.IndexToLocationTable.Item(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the glyph offset at index <i>index</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="index">A glyph index.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Kerning table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/kern.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "kern" table from the current position
|
||
in the supplied stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningTable.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
No supported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="writer"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningTable.HasKerningInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates this font contains format 0
|
||
kerning information.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningTable.KerningPairs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns a collection of kerning pairs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If <i>HasKerningInfo</i> returns <b>false</b>, this method will
|
||
always return null.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Horizontal Metrics ('maxp') table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/maxp.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.versionNo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Table version number
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.numGlyphs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The number of glyphs in the font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxPoints">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum points in a non-composite glyph.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxContours">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum contours in a non-composite glyph. Only set if
|
||
<i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxCompositePoints">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum points in a composite glyph. Only set if
|
||
<i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxCompositeContours">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum contours in a composite glyph. Only set if
|
||
<i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxZones">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
1 if instructions do not use the twilight zone (Z0), or
|
||
2 if instructions do use Z0; should be set to 2 in most
|
||
cases. Only set if <i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxTwilightPoints">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum points used in Z0. Only set if
|
||
<i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxStorage">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Number of Storage Area locations. Only set if
|
||
<i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxFunctionDefs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Number of FDEFs. Only set if <i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxInstructionDefs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Number of IDEFs. Only set if <i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxStackElements">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum stack depth2. Only set if <i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxSizeOfInstructions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum byte count for glyph instructions. Only set
|
||
if <i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxComponentElements">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum number of components referenced at "top level"
|
||
for any composite glyph. Only set if
|
||
<i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.maxComponentDepth">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum levels of recursion; 1 for simple components.
|
||
Only set if <i>versionNo</i> is 1.0.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable"/>
|
||
class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "maxp" table from the supplied stream
|
||
at the current position.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.MaximumProfileTable.GlyphCount">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number of glyphs
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.NameTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Naming ('name') table
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/name.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.NameTable.storageOffset">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Offset to start of string storage (from start of table).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.NameTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "name" table from the supplied stream
|
||
at the current position.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.NameTable.ReadString(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileStream,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads a string from the storage area beginning at <i>offset</i>
|
||
consisting of <i>length</i> bytes. The returned string will be
|
||
converted using the Unicode encoding.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="stream">Big-endian font stream.</param>
|
||
<param name="stringOffset">
|
||
The offset in bytes from the beginning of the string storage area.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="length">The length of the string in bytes.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.NameTable.Write(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Not supported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="writer"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.NameTable.FamilyName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get the font family name.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.NameTable.FullName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the font full name composed of the family name and the
|
||
subfamily name.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the OS/2 ('OS/2') table
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
<p>For detailed information on the OS/2 table, visit the following link:
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/os2.htm</p>
|
||
<p>For more details on the Panose classification metrics, visit the following URL:
|
||
http://www.panose.com/hardware/pan2.asp</p>
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "os/2" table from the supplied stream
|
||
at the current position.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsItalic">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether this font contains
|
||
italic characters.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsRegular">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether characters are
|
||
in the standard weight/style.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsBold">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether characters possess
|
||
a weight greater than or equal to 700.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsMonospaced">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether this font contains
|
||
characters that all have the same width.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsSymbolic">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether this font contains
|
||
special characters such as dingbats, icons, etc.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsSerif">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether characters
|
||
do possess serifs
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsScript">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether characters
|
||
are designed to simulate hand writing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsSansSerif">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether characters
|
||
do not possess serifs
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsEmbeddable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether this font may be
|
||
legally embedded.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.OS2Table.IsSubsettable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether this font may be
|
||
subsetted.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the PostScript ('post') table
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/post.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.version">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
0x00010000 for version 1.0
|
||
0x00020000 for version 2.0
|
||
0x00025000 for version 2.5 (deprecated)
|
||
0x00030000 for version 3.0
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.italicAngle">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Italic angle in counter-clockwise degrees from the vertical.
|
||
Zero for upright text, negative for text that leans to the
|
||
right (forward).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.underlinePosition">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This is the suggested distance of the top of the underline from
|
||
the baseline (negative values indicate below baseline).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.underlineThickness">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Suggested values for the underline thickness.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.fixedPitch">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set to 0 if the font is proportionally spaced, non-zero if the
|
||
font is not proportionally spaced (i.e. monospaced).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.minMemType42">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Minimum memory usage when an OpenType font is downloaded.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.maxMemType42">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum memory usage when an OpenType font is downloaded.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.minMemType1">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Minimum memory usage when an OpenType font is downloaded
|
||
as a Type 1 font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.maxMemType1">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maximum memory usage when an OpenType font is downloaded
|
||
as a Type 1 font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.DirectoryEntry)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entry"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.Read(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.FontFileReader)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reads the contents of the "post" table from the supplied stream
|
||
at the current position.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="reader"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.PostTable.IsFixedPitch">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value that indicates whether this font is
|
||
proportionally spaced (fixed pitch) or not.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TrueTypeHeader">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents the Offset and Directory tables.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/otff.htm
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TrueTypeHeader.Contains(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value indicating whether or not this font contains the
|
||
supplied table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="tableName">A table name.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TrueTypeHeader.Item(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a DirectoryEntry object for the supplied table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="tableName">A 4-character code identifying a table.</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A DirectoryEntry object or null if the table cannot be located.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If <b>tableName</b> does not represent a table in this font.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.TrueTypeHeader.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number tables.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A very lightweight wrapper around a Win32 device context
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent.hDC">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Pointer to device context created by ::CreateDC()
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a new device context that matches the desktop display surface
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent.Finalize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent.Dispose(System.Boolean)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Delete the device context freeing the associated memory.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent.SelectFont(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFont)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Selects a font into a device context (DC). The new object
|
||
replaces the previous object of the same type.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="font">Handle to object.</param>
|
||
<returns>A handle to the object being replaced.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent.GetCurrentObject(Telerik.WinControls.NativeMethods.GdiDcObject)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a handle to an object of the specified type that has been
|
||
selected into this device context.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent.Handle">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns a handle to the underlying device context
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A thin wrapper around a handle to a font
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFont.#ctor(System.IntPtr,System.String,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="hFont">A handle to an existing font.</param>
|
||
<param name="faceName"></param>
|
||
<param name="height"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFont.Finalize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class destructor
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFont.CreateFont(System.String,System.Int32,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a font based on the supplied typeface name and size.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="faceName">The typeface name of a font.</param>
|
||
<param name="height">
|
||
The height, in logical units, of the font's character
|
||
cell or character.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="bold"></param>
|
||
<param name="italic"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFont.CreateDesignFont(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a font whose height is equal to the negative value
|
||
of the EM Square
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="faceName">The typeface name of a font.</param>
|
||
<param name="bold"></param>
|
||
<param name="italic"></param>
|
||
<param name="dc"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontCreator">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Retrieves all pertinent TrueType tables by invoking GetFontData.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontEnumerator">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Summary description for GdiFontEnumerator.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontEnumerator.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="dc">A non-null reference to a wrapper around a GDI device context.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontEnumerator.GetStyles(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns a list of font styles associated with <i>familyName</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="familyName"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontEnumerator.FamilyNames">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns a list of font family names sorted in ascending order.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that obtains OutlineTextMetrics for a TrueType font
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<example>
|
||
</example>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.GetFontData">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets font metric data for a TrueType font or TrueType collection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.GetWidths">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Retrieves the widths, in PDF units, of consecutive glyphs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
An array of integers whose size is equal to the number of glyphs
|
||
specified in the 'maxp' table.
|
||
The width at location 0 is the width of glyph with index 0,
|
||
The width at location 1 is the width of glyph with index 1,
|
||
etc...
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.GetAnsiWidths">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the width, in PDF units, of consecutive glyphs for the
|
||
WinAnsiEncoding only.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>An array consisting of 256 elements.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.MapCharacter(System.Char)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Translates the supplied character to a glyph index using the
|
||
currently selected font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="c">A unicode character.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.FaceName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Retrieves the typeface name of the font that is selected into the
|
||
device context supplied to the GdiFontMetrics constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.EmSquare">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the number of logical units defining the x- or y-dimension
|
||
of the em square for this font. The common value for EmSquare is 2048.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The number of units in the x- and y-directions are always the same
|
||
for an em square.)
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.ItalicAngle">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the main italic angle of the font expressed in tenths of
|
||
a degree counterclockwise from the vertical.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Regular (roman) fonts have a value of zero. Italic fonts typically
|
||
have a negative italic angle (that is, they lean to the right).
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.Ascent">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the maximum distance characters in this font extend
|
||
above the base line. This is the typographic ascent for the font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.Descent">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the maximum distance characters in this font extend
|
||
below the base line. This is the typographic descent for the font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.CapHeight">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the distance between the baseline and the approximate
|
||
height of uppercase letters.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.XHeight">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the distance between the baseline and the approximate
|
||
height of non-ascending lowercase letters.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.StemV">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
TODO: The thickness, measured horizontally, of the dominant vertical
|
||
stems of the glyphs in the font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.FirstChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the value of the first character defined in the font
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.LastChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the value of the last character defined in the font
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.AverageWidth">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the average width of glyphs in a font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.MaxWidth">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the maximum width of glyphs in a font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.IsEmbeddable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value indicating whether the font can be legally embedded
|
||
within a document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.IsSubsettable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value indicating whether the font can be legally subsetted.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.BoundingBox">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the font's bounding box.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This is the smallest rectangle enclosing the shape that would
|
||
result if all the glyphs of the font were placed with their
|
||
origins cooincident and then filled.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.Flags">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a collection of flags defining various characteristics of
|
||
a font (e.g. serif or sans-serif, symbolic, etc).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.KerningPairs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a collection of kerning pairs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics.AnsiKerningPairs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a collection of kerning pairs for characters defined in
|
||
the WinAnsiEncoding scheme only.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiKerningPairs.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Font.KerningPairs,Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.PdfUnitConverter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="pairs">Kerning pairs read from the TrueType font file.</param>
|
||
<param name="converter">Class to convert from TTF to PDF units.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiKerningPairs.HasPair(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns true if a kerning value exists for the supplied
|
||
character index pair.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="left"></param>
|
||
<param name="right"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiKerningPairs.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number of kerning pairs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiKerningPairs.Item(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the kerning amount for the supplied index pair or 0 if
|
||
a kerning pair does not exist.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiPrivateFontCollection">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Installs a collection of private fonts on the system and uninstalls
|
||
them when disposed.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiPrivateFontCollection.FR_PRIVATE">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies that only the process that called the AddFontResourceEx
|
||
function can use this font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiPrivateFontCollection.FR_NOT_ENUM">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies that no process, including the process that called the
|
||
AddFontResourceEx function, can enumerate this font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiPrivateFontCollection.fonts">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Collection of absolute filenames.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiPrivateFontCollection.AddFontFile(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds <i>filename</i> to this private font collection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="filename">
|
||
Absolute path to a TrueType font or collection.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<seealso cref="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiPrivateFontCollection.AddFontFile(System.IO.FileInfo)"/>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">If <i>filename</i> is null.</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">If <i>filename</i> is the empty string.</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiPrivateFontCollection.AddFontFile(System.IO.FileInfo)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds <i>fontFile</i> to this private font collection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fontFile">
|
||
Absolute path to a TrueType font or collection.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.IO.FileNotFoundException">
|
||
If <i>fontFile</i> does not exist.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If <i>fontFile</i> has already been added.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If <i>fontFile</i> cannot be added to the system font collection.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiUnicodeRanges">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Custom collection that maintains a list of Unicode ranges
|
||
a font supports and the glyph indices of each character.
|
||
The list of ranges is obtained by invoking GetFontUnicodeRanges,
|
||
however the associated glyph indices are lazily instantiated as
|
||
required to save memory.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiUnicodeRanges.unicodeRanges">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
List of unicode ranges in ascending numerical order. The order
|
||
is important since a binary search is used to locate and
|
||
uicode range from a charcater.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiUnicodeRanges.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constuctor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="dc"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiUnicodeRanges.LoadRanges(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Loads all the unicode ranges.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiUnicodeRanges.GetRange(System.Char)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Locates the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange"/> for the supplied character.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="c"></param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
The <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange"/> object housing <i>c</i> or null
|
||
if a range does not exist for <i>c</i>.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiUnicodeRanges.MapCharacter(System.Char)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Translates the supplied character to a glyph index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="c">Any unicode character.</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A glyph index for <i>c</i> or 0 the supplied character does
|
||
not exist in the font selected into the device context.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiUnicodeRanges.Count">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the number of unicode ranges.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.PdfUnitConverter">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Converts from logical TTF units to PDF units.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.PdfUnitConverter.#ctor(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="emSquare">
|
||
Specifies the number of logical units defining the x- or
|
||
y-dimension of the em square of a font.
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.PdfUnitConverter.ToPdfUnits(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Convert the supplied integer from TrueType units to PDF units
|
||
based on the EmSquare
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="value"></param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
If the value of <i>emSquare</i> is zero, this method will
|
||
always return <i>value</i>.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Abc">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The ABC structure contains the width of a character in a TrueType font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.OutlineTextMetric">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The OUTLINETEXTMETRIC structure contains metrics describing
|
||
a TrueType font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Panose">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The PANOSE structure describes the PANOSE font-classification values
|
||
for a TrueType font. These characteristics are then used to associate
|
||
the font with other fonts of similar appearance but different names.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Point">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The Point structure defines the x- and y- coordinates of a point.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.Rect">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The Rect structure defines the coordinates of the upper-left
|
||
and lower-right corners of a rectangle
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.TextMetric">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The TEXTMETRIC structure contains basic information about a physical
|
||
font. All sizes are specified in logical units; that is, they depend
|
||
on the current mapping mode of the display context.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that represents a unicode character range as returned
|
||
by the GetFontUnicodeRanges function.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange.indices">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Array of glyph indices for each character represented by
|
||
this range begining at <see cref="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange.Start"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiDeviceContent,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="dc"></param>
|
||
<param name="start">Value representing start of unicode range.</param>
|
||
<param name="end">Value representing end of unicode range.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange.MapCharacter(System.Char)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the glyph index of <i>c</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="c"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange.LoadGlyphIndices">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Populates the <i>indices</i> array with the glyph index of each
|
||
character represented by this rnage starting at <see cref="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange.Start"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange.Start">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value representing the start of the unicode range.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRange.End">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a value representing the end of the unicode range.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.UnicodeRangeComparer">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Summary description for UnicodeRangeComparer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.WinAnsiMapping">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a Unicode character to a WinAnsi codepoint value.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.WinAnsiMapping.winAnsiEncoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
First column is codepoint value. Second column is unicode value.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCatalog">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The root of a document's object hierarchy is the catalog dictionary.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The document catalog is described in section 3.6.1 of the PDF specification.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCIDFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A dictionary that contains information about a CIDFont program.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
A Type 0 CIDFont contains glyph descriptions based on Adobe's Type
|
||
1 font format, whereas those in a Type 2 CIDFont are based on the
|
||
TrueType font format.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCIDSystemInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A dictionary containing entries that define the character collection
|
||
of the CIDFont.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCMap">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class that defines a mapping between character codes (CIDs)
|
||
to a character selector (Identity-H encoding)
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfContentStream.Write(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
TODO: This method is temporary. I'm assuming that all string should
|
||
be represented as a PdfString object?
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="s"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCMap.AddBfRanges(System.Collections.IDictionary)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds the supplied glyph -> unicode pairs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Both the key and value must be a int.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="map"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCMap.AddBfRange(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds the supplied glyph index to unicode value mapping.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="glyphIndex"></param>
|
||
<param name="unicodeValue"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCMap.Write(Telerik.Pdf.PdfWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Overriden to create CMap content stream.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="writer"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCMap.WriteBfChars(Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the bfchar entries to the content stream in groups of 100.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entries"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCMap.WriteBfRanges(Telerik.Pdf.BfEntryList)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the bfrange entries to the content stream in groups of 100.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="entries"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfCreator">
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Was originally called PdfDocument, but this name is now in
|
||
use by the Telerik.Pdf library. Eventually all code in this
|
||
class should either be moved to either the Telerik.Pdf library,
|
||
or to the PdfRenderer.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfCreator.getOutlineRoot">
|
||
Get the root Outlines object. This method does not write
|
||
the outline to the Pdf document, it simply creates a
|
||
reference for later.
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfCreator.makeOutline(Telerik.Pdf.PdfOutline,System.String,System.String)">
|
||
Make an outline object and add it to the given outline
|
||
@param parent parent PdfOutline object
|
||
@param label the title for the new outline object
|
||
@param action the PdfAction to reference
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfCreator.getResources">
|
||
get the /Resources object for the document
|
||
|
||
@return the /Resources object
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfDate">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
PDF defines a standard date format. The PDF date format closely
|
||
follows the format defined by the international standard ASN.1.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The format of the PDF date is defined in section 3.8.2 of the
|
||
PDF specification.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfDocument">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A class that enables a well structured PDF document to be generated.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Responsible for allocating object identifiers.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfFileTrailer">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class representing a file trailer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
File trailers are described in section 3.4.4 of the PDF specification.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfFont.Name">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the internal name used for this font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates all the necessary PDF objects required to represent
|
||
a font object in a PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator.creator">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Generates object id's.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfCreator)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="creator"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator.MakeFont(System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns a subclass of the PdfFont class that may be one of
|
||
PdfType0Font, PdfType1Font or PdfTrueTypeFont. The type of
|
||
subclass returned is determined by the type of the <i>font</i>
|
||
parameter.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="pdfFontID">The PDF font identifier, e.g. F15</param>
|
||
<param name="font">Underlying font object.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator.CreateCIDFont(System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a character indexed font from <i>cidFont</i>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The <i>font</i> and <i>cidFont</i> will be different object
|
||
references since the <i>font</i> parameter will most likely
|
||
be a <see cref="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.ProxyFont"/>.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="pdfFontID">The Pdf font identifier, e.g. F15</param>
|
||
<param name="font">Required to access the font descriptor.</param>
|
||
<param name="cidFont">The underlying CID font.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator.NextObjectId">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the next available Pdf object identifier.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator.CreateBase14Font(System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Base14Font)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfType1Font"/> class
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="pdfFontID">The Pdf font identifier, e.g. F15</param>
|
||
<param name="base14"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator.CreateTrueTypeFont(System.String,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates an instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfTrueTypeFont"/> class
|
||
that defaults the font encoding to WinAnsiEncoding.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="pdfFontID"></param>
|
||
<param name="font"></param>
|
||
<param name="ttf"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator.GetFontMetrics(Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font)">
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
A ProxyFont must first be resolved before getting the
|
||
IFontMetircs implementation of the underlying font.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="font"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfFontTypeEnum">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
An enumeration listing all the fonts types available in Pdf.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfFontSubTypeEnum">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
An enumeration listing all the font subtypes
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfICCStream">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
An International Color Code stream
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfIdentityHEncoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Represents a Identity-H character encoding
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Maps 2-byte character codes ranging from 0 to 65,535 to
|
||
the same 2-byte CID value, interpreted high-order byte first
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfIdentityHEncoding.GetBytes(System.Char[],System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Byte[],System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Do not call this method directly
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfIdentityHEncoding.GetBytes(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Byte[],System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Do not call this method directly
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class representing a document information dictionary.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Document information dictionaries are described in section 9.2.1 of the
|
||
PDF specification.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfName.Names">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Well-known PDF name objects.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfOutline">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This represents a single Outline object in a PDF, including the root Outlines
|
||
object. Outlines provide the bookmark bar, usually rendered to the right of
|
||
a PDF document in user agents such as Acrobat Reader
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfOutline.subentries">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
List of sub-entries (outline objects)
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfOutline.parent">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Parent outline object. Root Outlines parent is null
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfOutline.title">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Title to display for the bookmark entry
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfOutline.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectId,System.String,Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectReference)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="objectId">The object id number</param>
|
||
<param name="title">The title of the outline entry (can only be null for root Outlines obj)</param>
|
||
<param name="action">The page which this outline refers to.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfOutline.AddOutline(Telerik.Pdf.PdfOutline)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add a sub element to this outline
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="outline"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfPageTree">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The pages of a document are accessed through a structure known
|
||
as the page tree.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The page tree is described in section 3.6.2 of the PDF specification.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfString.ToPdfLiteral(System.Byte[],System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns this PdfString expressed using the 'literal' convention.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
A literal string is written as an arbitrary number of characters
|
||
enclosed in parentheses. Any characters may appear in a string
|
||
except unbalanced parentheses and the backslash, which must be
|
||
treated specially. Balanced pairs of parentheses within a string
|
||
require no special treatment.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfString.HexDigits">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Used by ToPdfHexadecimal.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfString.ToPdfHexadecimal(System.Byte[],System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the PdfString expressed using the 'hexadecimal' convention.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Strings may also be written in hexadecimal form; this is useful for
|
||
including arbitrary binary data in a PDF file. A hexadecimal string
|
||
is written as a sequence of hexadecimal digits (0–9 and either A–F
|
||
or a–f) enclosed within angle brackets (< and >).
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfString.Format">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The convention used when outputing the string to the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Defaults to <see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfStringFormat.Literal"/> format.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfString.NeverEncrypt">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Determines if the string should bypass encryption, even when
|
||
available.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Some PDF strings need to appear unencrypted in a secure PDF
|
||
document. Most noteably those in the encryption dictionary
|
||
itself. This property allows those strings to be flagged.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfStringFormat">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The PDF specification describes two conventions that can be
|
||
used to embed a string in a PDF document. This enumeration,
|
||
along with the <see cref="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfString.Format"/> property
|
||
can be used to select how a string will be formatted in the
|
||
PDF file.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.PdfTrueTypeFont.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectId,System.String,System.String)">
|
||
<param name="objectId">
|
||
A unique object number.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="fontName">
|
||
The name by which the font is reference in the Font subdictionary
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="baseFont">
|
||
The PostScript name of the font.
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfTrueTypeFont.Encoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value representing the character encoding.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfTrueTypeFont.Descriptor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the font descriptor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfTrueTypeFont.FirstChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the first character code defined in the font's widths array
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is 0.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfTrueTypeFont.LastChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the last character code defined in the font's widths array
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is 255.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfTrueTypeFont.Widths">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the array of character widths.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfType0Font">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A Type 0 font is a composite font whose glyphs are obtained from a
|
||
font like object called a CIDFont (a descendant font).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
All versions of the PDF specification up to and including version 1.4
|
||
only support a single descendant font.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfType0Font.ToUnicode">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the stream containing a CMap that maps character codes to
|
||
unicode values.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfType0Font.Descendant">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets the descendant font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfType0Font.Encoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value representing the character encoding.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.PdfType1Font.Encoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value representing the character encoding.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.PdfWArray">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Array class used to represent the /W entry in the CIDFont dictionary.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Security.Arc4">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
ARC4 is a fast, simple stream encryption algorithm that is
|
||
compatible with RSA Security's RC4 algorithm.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.Arc4.Initialise(System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialises internal state from the passed key.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Can be called again with a new key to reuse an Arc4 instance.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="key">The encryption key.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.Arc4.Encrypt(System.Byte[],System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Encrypts or decrypts the passed byte array.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="dataIn">
|
||
The data to be encrypted or decrypted.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="dataOut">
|
||
The location that the encrypted or decrypted data is to be placed.
|
||
The passed array should be at least the same size as dataIn.
|
||
It is permissible for the same array to be passed for both dataIn
|
||
and dataOut.
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.Arc4.Arc4Byte">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Generates a pseudorandom byte used to encrypt or decrypt.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Implements Adobe's standard security handler. A security handler is
|
||
a software module that implements various aspects of the encryption
|
||
process.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.#ctor(Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions,Telerik.Pdf.FileIdentifier)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Constructs a new standard security manager.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="options">
|
||
The user supplied PDF options that provides access to the passwords and
|
||
the access permissions.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="fileId">
|
||
The PDF document's file identifier (see section 8.3 of PDF specification).
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.CreateMasterKey(Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions,Telerik.Pdf.FileIdentifier)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Computes the master key that is used to encrypt string and stream data
|
||
in the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="options">
|
||
The user supplied PDF options that provides access to the passwords and
|
||
the access permissions.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<param name="fileId">
|
||
The PDF document's file identifier (see section 8.3 of PDF specification).
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.CreateOwnerEntry(Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Computes the O(owner) value in the encryption dictionary.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Corresponds to algorithm 3.3 on page 69 of the PDF specficiation.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="options">
|
||
The user supplied PDF options that provides access to the passwords.
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.CreateUserEntry(Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Computes the U(user) value in the encryption dictionary.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Corresponds to algorithm 3.4 on page 70 of the PDF specficiation.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="options">
|
||
The user supplied PDF options that provides access to the passwords.
|
||
</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.Encrypt(System.Byte[],Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectId)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Encrypts the passed byte array using the ARC4 cipher.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.ComputeEncryptionKey31(System.Byte[],Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectId)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Computes an encryption key that is used to encrypt string and stream data
|
||
in the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Corresponds to algorithm 3.1 in section 3.5 of the PDF specficiation.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.ComputeEncryptionKey32(System.Byte[],System.Byte[],System.Int32,System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Computes an encryption key that is used to encrypt string and stream data
|
||
in the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Corresponds to algorithm 3.2 in section 3.5 of the PDF specficiation.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.PadPassword(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Pads or truncates a password string to exactly 32-bytes.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Corresponds to step 1 of algorithm 3.2 on page 69 of the PDF 1.3 specficiation.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="password">The password to pad or truncate.</param>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
A byte array of length 32 bytes containing the padded or truncated password.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.CheckUserPassword(System.String,System.Byte[],System.Byte[],System.Int32,System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Determines if the passed password matches the user password
|
||
used to initialise this security manager.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Used for testing purposes only. Corresponds to algorithm 3.5 in the
|
||
PDF 1.3 specification.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<returns>True if the password is correct.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.CheckUserPassword(System.Byte[],System.Byte[],System.Byte[],System.Int32,System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Performs the actual checking of the user password.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.CheckOwnerPassword(System.String,System.Byte[],System.Byte[],System.Int32,System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Checks the owner password.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.CompareArray(System.Byte[],System.Byte[])">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Compares two byte arrays and returns true if they are equal.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.UserEntry">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Access to the raw user entry byte array.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Required for testing purposes;
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityManager.OwnerEntry">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Access to the raw owner entry byte array.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Required for testing purposes;
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.m_ownerPassword">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Password that disables all security permissions
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.m_userPassword">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The user password
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.m_permissions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Collection of flags describing permissions granted to user who opens
|
||
a file with the user password.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The given initial value zero's out first two bits.
|
||
The PDF specification dictates that these entries must be 0.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.EnablePrinting(System.Boolean)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Enables or disables printing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="enable">If true enables printing otherwise false</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.EnableChanging(System.Boolean)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Enable or disable changing the document other than by adding or
|
||
changing text notes and AcroForm fields.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="enable"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.EnableCopying(System.Boolean)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Enable or disable copying of text and graphics from the document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="enable"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.EnableAdding(System.Boolean)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Enable or disable adding and changing text notes and AcroForm fields.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="enable"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.OwnerPassword">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the owner password as a string.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is null
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.UserPassword">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the user password as a string.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is null
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.Permissions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The document access privileges encoded in a 32-bit unsigned integer
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default access priviliges are:
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Printing disallowed</li>
|
||
<li>Modifications disallowed</li>
|
||
<li>Copy and Paste disallowed</li>
|
||
<li>Addition or modification of annotation/form fields disallowed</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
To override any of these priviliges see the <see cref="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.EnablePrinting(System.Boolean)"/>,
|
||
<see cref="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.EnableChanging(System.Boolean)"/>, <see cref="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.EnableCopying(System.Boolean)"/>,
|
||
<see cref="M:Telerik.Pdf.Security.SecurityOptions.EnableAdding(System.Boolean)"/> methods
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSection">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A single section in a PDF file's cross-reference table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The cross-reference table is described in section 3.4.3 of
|
||
the PDF specification.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSection.subsection">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Right now we only support a single subsection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSection.Add(Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectId,System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds an entry to the section.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSection.Write(Telerik.Pdf.PdfWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the cross reference section to the passed PDF writer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSubSection">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A sub-section in a PDF file's cross-reference table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The cross-reference table is described in section 3.4.3 of
|
||
the PDF specification.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSubSection.entries">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This entries contained in this subsection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSubSection.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a new blank sub-section, that initially contains no entries.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSubSection.Add(Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectId,System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds an entry to the sub-section.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSubSection.Write(Telerik.Pdf.PdfWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the cross reference sub-section to the passed PDF writer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSubSection.Entry">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Structure representing a single cross-reference entry.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSubSection.Entry.objectId">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The object number and generation number.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSubSection.Entry.offset">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The number of bytes from the beginning of the file to
|
||
the beginning of the object.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.XRefSubSection.Entry.CompareTo(System.Object)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Implementation of IComparable.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Pdf.XRefTable">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A PDF file's cross-reference table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The cross-reference table is described in section 3.4.3 of
|
||
the PDF specification.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Pdf.XRefTable.section">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Right now we only support a single section.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.XRefTable.Add(Telerik.Pdf.PdfObjectId,System.Int64)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds an entry to the table.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Pdf.XRefTable.Write(Telerik.Pdf.PdfWriter)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Writes the cross reference table to the passed PDF writer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.IRendererOptions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A marker interface to indicate an object can be passed to
|
||
the <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Options"/> property.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
<seealso cref="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions"/>
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.FontSetup">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets up the PDF fonts.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Assigns the font (with metrics) to internal names like "F1" and
|
||
assigns family-style-weight triplets to the fonts.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.FontSetup.startIndex">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
First 16 indices are used by base 14 and generic fonts
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.FontSetup.fontInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Handles mapping font triplets to a IFontMetric implementor
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.FontSetup.AddSystemFonts(Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.FontType)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds all the system fonts to the FontInfo object.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Adds metrics for basic fonts and useful family-style-weight
|
||
triplets for lookup.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="fontType">Determines what type of font to instantiate.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.FontSetup.IsBase14FontName(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns <b>true</b> is <i>familyName</i> represents one of the
|
||
base 14 fonts; otherwise <b>false</b>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="familyName"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.FontSetup.GetNextAvailableName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the next available font name. A font name is defined as an
|
||
integer prefixed by the letter 'F'.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.FontSetup.AddToResources(Telerik.Apoc.Pdf.PdfFontCreator,Telerik.Pdf.PdfResources)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Add the fonts in the font info to the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fontCreator">Object that creates PdfFont objects.</param>
|
||
<param name="resources">Resources object to add fonts too.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Base14Font">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Base class for the standard 14 fonts as defined in the PDF spec.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Base class for PDF font classes
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.MapCharacter(System.Char)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a Unicode character to a character index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="c">A Unicode character.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.GetWidth(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
See <see cref="M:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.GetWidth(System.Int32)"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.Encoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get the encoding of the font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
A font encoding defines a mapping between a character code
|
||
and a code point.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.FontName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the base font name.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.Type">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the type of font, e.g. Type 0, Type 1, etc.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.SubType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the font subtype.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.Descriptor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a reference to a FontDescriptor
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.MultiByteFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a boolean value indicating whether this font supports
|
||
multi-byte characters
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.Ascender">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
See <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.Ascender"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.Descender">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
See <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.Descender"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.CapHeight">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
See <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.CapHeight"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.FirstChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
See <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.FirstChar"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.LastChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
See <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.LastChar"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.Widths">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
See <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.Layout.IFontMetric.Widths"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Base14Font.#ctor(System.String,System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32[],Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.CodePointMapping)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Base14Font.Descriptor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Will always return null since the standard 14 fonts do not
|
||
have a FontDescriptor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
It is possible to override the default metrics, but the
|
||
current version of Apoc does not support this feature.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Base class for a CID (Character Indexed) font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
There are two types of CIDFont: Type 0 and Type 2. A Type 0 CIDFont
|
||
contains glyph description based on Adobe Type 1 font format; a
|
||
Type 2 CIDFont contains glyph descriptions based on the TrueType
|
||
font format.
|
||
See page 338 of the Adode PDF 1.4 specification for futher details.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont.CidBaseFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the PostScript name of the font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont.CMapEntries">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a dictionary mapping character codes to unicode values
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont.Type">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns <see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfFontTypeEnum.CIDFont"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont.Registry">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a string identifying the issuer of the character collections.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The default implementation returns <see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCIDSystemInfo.DefaultRegistry"/>.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont.Ordering">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets a string that uniquely names the character collection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The default implementation returns <see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCIDSystemInfo.DefaultOrdering"/>.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont.Supplement">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the supplement number of the character collection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The default implementation returns <see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfCIDSystemInfo.DefaultSupplement"/>.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont.DefaultWidth">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the default width for all glyphs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The default implementation returns <see cref="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.CIDFont.DefaultWidthConst"/>
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontDescriptorFlags">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Represents a collection of font descriptor flags specifying
|
||
various characterisitics of a font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The following lists the bit positions and associated flags:
|
||
1 - FixedPitch
|
||
2 - Serif
|
||
3 - Symbolic
|
||
4 - Script
|
||
6 - Nonsymbolic
|
||
7 - Italic
|
||
17 - AllCap
|
||
18 - SmallCap
|
||
19 - ForceBold
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontDescriptorFlags.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Default class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontDescriptorFlags.#ctor(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor. Initialises the flags BitVector with the
|
||
supplied integer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontDescriptorFlags.Flags">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the font descriptor flags as a 32-bit signed integer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontDescriptorFlags.FontDescriptorFlagsEnum">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Handy enumeration used to reference individual bit positions
|
||
in the BitVector32.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontProperties">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Collection of font properties such as face name and whether the
|
||
a font is bold and/or italic.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontProperties.#ctor(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Regular : bold=false, italic=false
|
||
Bold : bold=true, italic=false
|
||
Italic : bold=false, italic=true
|
||
BoldItalic : bold=true, italic=true
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="faceName">Font face name, e.g. Arial.</param>
|
||
<param name="bold">Bold flag.</param>
|
||
<param name="italic">Italic flag.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.ProxyFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A proxy object that delegates all operations to a concrete
|
||
subclass of the Font class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.ProxyFont.fontLoaded">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Flag that indicates whether the underlying font has been loaded.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.ProxyFont.properties">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Font details such as face name, bold and italic flags
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.ProxyFont.realFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The font that does all the work.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.ProxyFont.fontType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Determines what type of "real" font to instantiate.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.ProxyFont.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontProperties,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.FontType)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="properties"></param>
|
||
<param name="fontType"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.ProxyFont.LoadIfNecessary">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Loads the underlying font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.ProxyFont.RealFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets the underlying font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Represents a TrueType font program.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont.dc">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Wrapper around a Win32 HDC.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont.metrics">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides font metrics using the Win32 Api.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont.kerning">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
List of kerning pairs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont.widths">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a glyph index to a PDF width
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont.properties">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontProperties)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="properties"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont.ObtainFontMetrics">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics"/> object from <b>baseFontName</b>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont.GetWidth(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
See <see cref="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Font.GetWidth(System.Int32)"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="charIndex">A WinAnsi codepoint.</param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.TrueTypeFont.SubType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns <see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfFontSubTypeEnum.TrueType"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A Type 2 CIDFont is a font whose glyph descriptions are based on the
|
||
TrueType font format.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
TODO: Support font subsetting
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.dc">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Wrapper around a Win32 HDC.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.metrics">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides font metrics using the Win32 Api.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.kerning">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
List of kerning pairs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.widths">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a glyph index to a PDF width
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.baseFontName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Windows font name, e.g. 'Arial Bold'
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.properties">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.usedGlyphs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a glyph index to a character code.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.unicodeRanges">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps character code to glyph index. The array is based on the
|
||
value of <see cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.FirstChar"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontProperties)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="properties"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.ObtainFontMetrics">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates a <see cref="T:Telerik.Pdf.Gdi.GdiFontMetrics"/> object from <b>baseFontName</b>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.Finalize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class destructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDFont.SubType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns <see cref="F:Telerik.Pdf.PdfFontSubTypeEnum.CIDFontType2"/>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDSubsetFont">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A subclass of Type2CIDFont that generates a subset of a
|
||
TrueType font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDSubsetFont.indexMappings">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Maps a glyph index to a subset index.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDSubsetFont.namePrefix">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Quasi-unique six character name prefix.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDSubsetFont.#ctor(Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.FontProperties)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Class constructor.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="properties"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.Fonts.Type2CIDSubsetFont.InsertNotdefGlyphs">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates the index mappings list and adds the .notedef glyphs
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.FontType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Enumeration that dictates how Apoc should treat fonts when
|
||
producing a PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
<p>Each of the three alernatives has particular advantages and
|
||
disadvantages, which will be explained here.</p>
|
||
<p>The <see cref="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.FontType.Link"/> member specifies that all fonts
|
||
should be linked. This option will produce the smallest PDF
|
||
document because the font program required to render individual
|
||
glyphs is not embedded in the PDF document. However, this
|
||
option does possess two distinct disadvantages:
|
||
<ol>
|
||
<li>Only characters in the WinAnsi character encoding are
|
||
supported (i.e. Latin)</li>
|
||
<li>The PDF document will not render correctly if the linked
|
||
font is not installed.</li>
|
||
</ol>/// </p>
|
||
<p>The <see cref="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.FontType.Embed"/> option will copy the contents of
|
||
the entire font program into the PDF document. This will guarantee
|
||
correct rendering of the document on any system, however certain
|
||
fonts - especially CJK fonts - are extremely large. The MS Gothic
|
||
TrueType collection, for example, is 8MB. Embedding this font file
|
||
would produce a ridicuously large PDF.</p>
|
||
<p>Finally, the <see cref="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.FontType.Subset"/> option will only copy the required
|
||
glyphs required to render a PDF document. This option will ensure that
|
||
a PDF document is rendered correctly on any system, but does incur a
|
||
slight processing overhead to subset the font.</p>
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.FontType.Link">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Fonts are linked.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.FontType.Embed">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The entire font program is embedded.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.FontType.Subset">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The font program is subsetted and embedded.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.currentYPosition">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The current vertical position in millipoints from bottom.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.currentXPosition">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The current horizontal position in millipoints from left.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.currentAreaContainerXPosition">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The horizontal position of the current area container.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.pdfDoc">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The PDF Document being created.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.pdfResources">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The /Resources object of the PDF document being created.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.currentStream">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The current stream to add PDF commands to.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.currentAnnotList">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The current annotation list to add annotations to.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.currentPage">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The current page to add annotations to.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.textOpen">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
True if a TJ command is left to be written.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevWordY">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The previous Y coordinate of the last word written.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Used to decide if we can draw the next word on the same line.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevWordX">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The previous X coordinate of the last word written.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Used to calculate how much space between two words.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevWordWidth">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The width of the previous word.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Used to calculate space between.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer._wordAreaPDF">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Reusable word area string buffer to reduce memory usage.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
TODO: remove use of this.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.options">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
User specified rendering options.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.currentFontName">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The current (internal) font name.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.currentFontSize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The current font size in millipoints.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.currentFill">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The current color/gradient to fill shapes with.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevUnderlineXEndPos">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevUnderlineYEndPos">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevUnderlineSize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevUnderlineColor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevOverlineXEndPos">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevOverlineYEndPos">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevOverlineSize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevOverlineColor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevLineThroughXEndPos">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevLineThroughYEndPos">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevLineThroughSize">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.prevLineThroughColor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Previous values used for text-decoration drawing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.fontInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides triplet to font resolution.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.fontSetup">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Handles adding base 14 and all system fonts.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.idReferences">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The IDReferences for this document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.#ctor(System.IO.Stream)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Create the PDF renderer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.SetupFontInfo(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.FontInfo)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fontInfo"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.AddLine(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfColor)">
|
||
add a line to the current stream
|
||
|
||
@param x1 the start x location in millipoints
|
||
@param y1 the start y location in millipoints
|
||
@param x2 the end x location in millipoints
|
||
@param y2 the end y location in millipoints
|
||
@param th the thickness in millipoints
|
||
@param r the red component
|
||
@param g the green component
|
||
@param b the blue component
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.AddLine(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfColor)">
|
||
add a line to the current stream
|
||
|
||
@param x1 the start x location in millipoints
|
||
@param y1 the start y location in millipoints
|
||
@param x2 the end x location in millipoints
|
||
@param y2 the end y location in millipoints
|
||
@param th the thickness in millipoints
|
||
@param rs the rule style
|
||
@param r the red component
|
||
@param g the green component
|
||
@param b the blue component
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.AddRect(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfColor)">
|
||
add a rectangle to the current stream
|
||
|
||
@param x the x position of left edge in millipoints
|
||
@param y the y position of top edge in millipoints
|
||
@param w the width in millipoints
|
||
@param h the height in millipoints
|
||
@param stroke the stroke color/gradient
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.AddRect(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfColor,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfColor)">
|
||
add a filled rectangle to the current stream
|
||
|
||
@param x the x position of left edge in millipoints
|
||
@param y the y position of top edge in millipoints
|
||
@param w the width in millipoints
|
||
@param h the height in millipoints
|
||
@param fill the fill color/gradient
|
||
@param stroke the stroke color/gradient
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.AddFilledRect(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfColor)">
|
||
add a filled rectangle to the current stream
|
||
|
||
@param x the x position of left edge in millipoints
|
||
@param y the y position of top edge in millipoints
|
||
@param w the width in millipoints
|
||
@param h the height in millipoints
|
||
@param fill the fill color/gradient
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.RenderImageArea(Telerik.Apoc.Image.ImageArea)">
|
||
render image area to PDF
|
||
|
||
@param area the image area to render
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.RenderForeignObjectArea(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Inline.ForeignObjectArea)">
|
||
render a foreign object area
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.RenderWordArea(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Inline.WordArea)">
|
||
render inline area to PDF
|
||
|
||
@param area inline area to render
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.GetUnicodeString(System.Int32)">
|
||
Convert a char to a multibyte hex representation
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.CloseText">
|
||
Checks to see if we have some text rendering commands open
|
||
still and writes out the TJ command to the stream if we do
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.RenderPage(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Page)">
|
||
render page into PDF
|
||
|
||
@param page page to render
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.SetRuleStylePattern(System.Int32)">
|
||
defines a string containing dashArray and dashPhase for the rule style
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.DoBackground(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Area,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Renders an area's background.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="area">The area whose background is to be rendered.</param>
|
||
<param name="x">The x position of the left edge in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="y">The y position of top edge in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="w">The width in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="h">The height in millipoints.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.DrawImage(System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Renders an image, rendered at the image's intrinsic size.
|
||
This by default calls drawImageScaled() with the image's
|
||
intrinsic width and height, but implementations may
|
||
override this method if it can provide a more efficient solution.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="x">The x position of left edge in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="y">The y position of top edge in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="image">The image to be rendered.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.DrawImageScaled(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Renders an image, scaling it to the given width and height.
|
||
If the scaled width and height is the same intrinsic size
|
||
of the image, the image is not scaled
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="x">The x position of left edge in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="y">The y position of top edge in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="w">The width in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="h">The height in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="image">The image to be rendered.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.DrawImageClipped(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,Telerik.Apoc.Image.ApocImage)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Renders an image, clipping it as specified.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="x">The x position of left edge in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="y">The y position of top edge in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="clipX">The left edge of the clip in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="clipY">The top edge of the clip in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="clipW">The clip width in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="clipH">The clip height in millipoints.</param>
|
||
<param name="image">The image to be rendered.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.RenderDisplaySpace(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.DisplaySpace)">
|
||
render display space
|
||
|
||
@param space the display space to render
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.RenderInlineSpace(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Inline.InlineSpace)">
|
||
render inline space
|
||
|
||
@param space space to render
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.RenderLeaderArea(Telerik.Apoc.Layout.Inline.LeaderArea)">
|
||
render leader area
|
||
|
||
@param area area to render
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRenderer.Options">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Assigns renderer options to this PdfRenderer
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This property will only accept an instance of the PdfRendererOptions class
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If <i>value</i> is not an instance of PdfRendererOptions
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This class can be used to control various properties of PDF files
|
||
created by Apoc XSL-FO.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Can be used to control certain values in the generated PDF's information
|
||
dictionary. These values are typically displayed in a document summary
|
||
dialog of PDF viewer applications.
|
||
This class also allows security settings to be specified that will
|
||
cause generated PDF files to be encrypted and optionally password protected.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.permissions">
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
The given initial value zero's out first two bits.
|
||
The PDF specification dictates that these entries must be 0.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.AddKeyword(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds a keyword to the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Keywords are embedded in the PDF information dictionary.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<param name="keyword">The keyword to be added.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.AddPrivateFont(System.IO.FileInfo)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Adds <i>fileInfo</i> to the private font collection.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileInfo">
|
||
Absolute path to a TrueType font or collection.
|
||
</param>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">
|
||
If <i>fileInfo</i> is null.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.IO.FileNotFoundException">
|
||
If <i>fileInfo</i> does not exist.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If <i>fileInfo</i> has already been added.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
<exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException">
|
||
If <i>fileInfo</i> cannot be added to the system font collection.
|
||
</exception>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.Title">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the Title of the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is null.
|
||
</value>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This value will be embedded in the PDF information dictionary.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.Subject">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the Subject of the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is null.
|
||
</value>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This value will be embedded in the PDF information dictionary.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.Author">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the Author of the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is null.
|
||
</value>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This value will be embedded in the PDF information dictionary.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.Creator">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the Creator of the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
This method will always return "XSL-FO http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Format".
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.Producer">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the Producer of the PDF document.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
This method will return the assembly name and version of Apoc.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.Keywords">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns a list of keywords as a comma-separated string
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
If no keywords exist the empty string <see cref="F:System.String.Empty"/> is returned
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.OwnerPassword">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the owner password that will protect full access to any generated PDF documents.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If either the owner or the user password is specified,
|
||
then the document will be encrypted.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is null.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.UserPassword">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the user password that will protect access to any generated PDF documents.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
If either the owner or the user password is specified,
|
||
then the document will be encrypted.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is null.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.HasPermissions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns true if any permissions have been set.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.Permissions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the PDF permissions encoded as an 32-bit integer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.EnablePrinting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Enables or disables printing.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is true.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.EnableModify">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Enables or disables modifying document contents (other than text annotations and
|
||
interactive form fields).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is true.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.EnableCopy">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Enables or disables copying of text and graphics.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is true.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.EnableAdd">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Enables or disables adding or modifying text annotations and interactive
|
||
form fields.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is true.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.FontType">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies how Apoc should treat fonts.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is FontType.Link
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Pdf.PdfRendererOptions.Kerning">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to enable kerning.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The default value is <b>false</b>
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.RendererEngine">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Specifies the output format that Apoc XSL-FO should render to.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
Currently the only useful format supported is PDF. The
|
||
XML format is intended for informational/debugging purposes
|
||
only.
|
||
<seealso cref="P:Telerik.Apoc.ApocDriver.Renderer"/>
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.RendererEngine.XML">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Instructs Apoc to output an XML representation.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This format is useful only for informational/debugging purposes.
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.RendererEngine.PDF">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Instructs Apoc to output PDF.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Xml.XmlRendererOptions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This class can be used to control various properties of PDF files
|
||
created by the XML tree renderer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Xml.XmlRendererOptions.Default">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Default XML renderer properties
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Render.Xml.XmlRendererOptions.FineDetail">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Determines if the XMLRenderer should use verbose output
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
This class acts as a bridge between the XML:FO parser and the
|
||
formatting/rendering classes. It will queue PageSequences up until
|
||
all the IDs required by them are satisfied, at which time it will
|
||
render the pages.
|
||
StreamRenderer is created by Driver and called from FOTreeBuilder
|
||
when a PageSequence is created, and AreaTree when a Page is formatted.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.pageCount">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Keep track of the number of pages rendered.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.renderer">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The renderer being used.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.results">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The formatting results to be handed back to the caller.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.fontInfo">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The FontInfo for this renderer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.renderQueue">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The list of pages waiting to be renderered.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.idReferences">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The current set of IDReferences, passed to the areatrees
|
||
and pages. This is used by the AreaTree as a single map of
|
||
all IDs.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.extensions">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The list of extensions.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.documentMarkers">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The list of markers.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.Render(Telerik.Apoc.Fo.Pagination.PageSequence)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Format the PageSequence. The PageSequence formats Pages and adds
|
||
them to the AreaTree, which subsequently calls the StreamRenderer
|
||
instance (this) again to render the page. At this time the page
|
||
might be printed or it might be queued. A page might not be
|
||
renderable immediately if the IDReferences are not all valid. In
|
||
this case we defer the rendering until they are all valid.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="pageSequence"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.ProcessQueue(System.Boolean)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Try to process the queue from the first entry forward. If an
|
||
entry can't be processed, then the queue can't move forward,
|
||
so return.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="force"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.GetDocumentMarkers">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Auxillary function for retrieving markers.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.GetCurrentPageSequence">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Auxillary function for retrieving markers.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.GetCurrentPageSequenceMarkers">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Auxillary function for retrieving markers.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.RenderQueueEntry">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A RenderQueueEntry consists of the Page to be queued, plus a list
|
||
of outstanding ID references that need to be resolved before the
|
||
Page can be renderered.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.RenderQueueEntry.page">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
The Page that has outstanding ID references.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.RenderQueueEntry.outer">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
MG - to replace the outer this Java nonsense */
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.RenderQueueEntry.unresolvedIdReferences">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A list of ID references (names).
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.StreamRenderer.RenderQueueEntry.isResolved">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
See if the outstanding references are resolved in the current
|
||
copy of IDReferences.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.TempFileStream">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A subclass of FileStream that automatically deletes the file supplied
|
||
to the class constructor when Close() is invoked
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.TempFileStream.#ctor(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Default class constuctor that opens the supplied file <i>filename</i>
|
||
using the FileMode.Open parameter.<br/>
|
||
<see cref="T:System.IO.FileMode"/>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.TempFileStream.Close">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Overriden. Attempts to delete the filename supplied to the
|
||
class constructor using <see cref="M:System.IO.File.Delete(System.String)"/>. If an
|
||
exception is thrown, it is caught and ignored
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="F:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.maxDelimChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
maxDelimChar stores the value of the delimiter character with
|
||
the highest value. It is used to optimize the detection of
|
||
delimiter characters.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.SetMaxDelimChar">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set maxDelimChar to the highest char in the delimiter set.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.#ctor(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Constructs a string tokenizer for the specified string. All
|
||
characters in the <i>delim</i> argument are the delimiters
|
||
for separating tokens.<br/>
|
||
If the <i>returnDelims</i> flag is <i>true</i>, then
|
||
the delimiter characters are also returned as tokens. Each delimiter
|
||
is returned as a string of length one. If the flag is
|
||
<i>false</i>, the delimiter characters are skipped and only
|
||
serve as separators between tokens.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="str"></param>
|
||
<param name="delim"></param>
|
||
<param name="returnDelims"></param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.#ctor(System.String,System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Constructs a string tokenizer for the specified string. The
|
||
characters in the <code>delim</code> argument are the delimiters
|
||
for separating tokens. Delimiter characters themselves will not
|
||
be treated as tokens.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="str">a string to be parsed.</param>
|
||
<param name="delim">the delimiters.</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.#ctor(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Constructs a string tokenizer for the specified string. The
|
||
tokenizer uses the default delimiter set, which is the space
|
||
character, the tab character, the newline character, the
|
||
carriage-return character, and the form-feed character.
|
||
Delimiter characters themselves will not be treated as tokens.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="str">a string to be parsed</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.SkipDelimiters(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Skips delimiters starting from the specified position. If
|
||
retDelims is false, returns the index of the first non-delimiter
|
||
character at or after startPos. If retDelims is true, startPos
|
||
is returned.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="startPos"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.ScanToken(System.Int32)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Skips ahead from startPos and returns the index of the next
|
||
delimiter character encountered, or maxPosition if no such
|
||
delimiter is found.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="startPos"></param>
|
||
<returns></returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.NextToken">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the next token from this string tokenizer.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>the next token from this string tokenizer.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.MoveNext">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the same value as the <code>hasMoreTokens</code> method.
|
||
It exists so that this class can implement the
|
||
<i>Enumeration</i> interface.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
<i>true</i> if there are more tokens; <i>false</i>
|
||
otherwise.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.HasMoreTokens">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Tests if there are more tokens available from this tokenizer's
|
||
string. If this method returns <tt>true</tt>, then a subsequent
|
||
call to <tt>nextToken</tt> with no argument will successfully
|
||
return a token.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
<code>true</code> if and only if there is at least one token in
|
||
the string after the current position; <code>false</code> otherwise.
|
||
</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.CountTokens">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Calculates the number of times that this tokenizer's
|
||
<code>nextToken</code> method can be called before it generates an
|
||
exception. The current position is not advanced.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<returns>
|
||
the number of tokens remaining in the string using the current
|
||
delimiter set.</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.Apoc.Util.StringTokenizer.Current">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the same value as the <code>nextToken</code> method, except
|
||
that its declared return value is <code>Object</code> rather than
|
||
<code>String</code>. It exists so that this class can implement the
|
||
<code>Enumeration</code> interface.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:Telerik.Apoc.XslTransformer">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Provides a static method that applies an
|
||
XSL stylesheet to an XML document
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.XslTransformer.#ctor">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Private constructor to prevent instantiation
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.Apoc.XslTransformer.Transform(System.String,System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Applies the style sheet <i>xslFile</i> to the XML document
|
||
identified by <i>xmlFile</i>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="xmlFile">Path to an XML document</param>
|
||
<param name="xslFile">Path to an XSL stylesheet</param>
|
||
<returns>A Stream representing a sequence of XSL:FO elements</returns>
|
||
<exception cref="T:Telerik.Apoc.ApocException">
|
||
The files <i>xmlFile</i> and <i>xslFile</i> do not exist or are
|
||
inaccessible. The XSL file cannot be compiled
|
||
</exception>
|
||
<remarks>
|
||
This method will create a temporary filename in the system's
|
||
temporary directory, which is automatically deleted when the
|
||
returned stream is closed.
|
||
<seealso cref="T:System.Xml.Xsl.XslTransform"/>
|
||
</remarks>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.RunExport(System.String)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Creates PDF file
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="fileName">Export file name</param>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.ExportHierarchy">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set if child rows should be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.FitToPageWidth">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set table to fit to pdf page width
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.PdfExportSettings">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Get or set pdf export settings class
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.SummariesExportOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set how to export summary rows.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.HiddenColumnOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set how to export hidden column.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.HiddenRowOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set how to export hidden rows.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.PagingExportOption">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Sets a value indicating how the export behavies when paging is enabled.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The paging export option.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.ChildViewExportMode">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the child view export mode.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<value>
|
||
The child view export mode.
|
||
</value>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.RadGridViewToExport">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set RadGridView that would be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.FileExtension">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set the file extension. Default value is <b>pdf</b>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.PageTitle">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set pdf page title.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.ExportVisualSettings">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set to export visual settings e.g. background colors, font, alignment,
|
||
conditional formatting etc. Default value: <b>false</b>.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.TableBorderThickness">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set pdf table border thickness. Default value is <b>0</b>
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.Scale">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set the table size scaling. Default value is <b>1</b>. For example, scale of 1.2f means 20% size increase.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.Font">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Set the table Font.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.Encoding">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Gets or sets the encoding used for the exported file. Default encoding is UTF8.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.ChildViewExporting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Occurs when a child view will be exported.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="E:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.ExportToPDF.HTMLCellFormatting">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Fires when an html cell object was created and needs to be formatted.
|
||
Note that pdf export firstly renders as html and this allows to apply custom format to any cell.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.Utils.ConvertContentAligmentH(System.Drawing.ContentAlignment)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Convert ContentAlignment to HorizontalAlignmentType
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="alignment">System.Drawing.ContentAlignment</param>
|
||
<returns>Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.HorizontalAligmentType</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.Utils.ConvertContentAligmentV(System.Drawing.ContentAlignment)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Convert ContentAignment to VerticalAlignmentType
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="alignment">System.Drawing.ContentAlignment</param>
|
||
<returns>Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.VerticalAlignmentType</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.Utils.GetBackColor(Telerik.WinControls.UI.LightVisualElement)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Search for real visible fill and mix its colors
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="element"></param>
|
||
<returns>Mixed collor, ready for export</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.Utils.ColorToHex(System.Drawing.Color)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Converts a color to a hexidecimal value for use within HTML
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="color">The color to convert</param>
|
||
<returns>A hex value, including '#'</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.Utils.CheckSourceOfVisualSettings(Telerik.WinControls.RadElement)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Check if visual style settings comes from theme.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="element">Element to check</param>
|
||
<returns>True if visual settings come from theme</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.Utils.BaseCell.InitializeBaseCell(Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadGridView)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Search for base grid's data cell element
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.Utils.BaseCell.PrepareGridView(Telerik.WinControls.UI.RadGridView)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Prepare/Reset the RadGridView for exporting
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="M:Telerik.WinControls.UI.Export.Utils.BaseCell.InitializeNewGridCellElement(Telerik.WinControls.UI.GridDataCellElement)">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Initialize new grid data cell element and change its base settings according to transperancy of its fill
|
||
</summary>
|
||
<param name="gridDataCellElement">Base grid cell element</param>
|
||
<returns>Transformed cell element</returns>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="T:TelerikData.Properties.Resources">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:TelerikData.Properties.Resources.ResourceManager">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
<member name="P:TelerikData.Properties.Resources.Culture">
|
||
<summary>
|
||
Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
|
||
resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
|
||
</summary>
|
||
</member>
|
||
</members>
|
||
</doc>
|